JP2006333279A - Recording apparatus, method, and program - Google Patents
Recording apparatus, method, and program Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP2006333279A JP2006333279A JP2005156625A JP2005156625A JP2006333279A JP 2006333279 A JP2006333279 A JP 2006333279A JP 2005156625 A JP2005156625 A JP 2005156625A JP 2005156625 A JP2005156625 A JP 2005156625A JP 2006333279 A JP2006333279 A JP 2006333279A
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- recording
- data
- recorded
- recording medium
- stream
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
Images
Landscapes
- Television Signal Processing For Recording (AREA)
- Signal Processing For Digital Recording And Reproducing (AREA)
- Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)
Abstract
Description
æ¬çºæã¯ãèšé²è£ 眮ããã³æ¹æ³ã䞊ã³ã«ããã°ã©ã ã«é¢ããç¹ã«ããŠãŒã¶ããã©ã®èšé²åªäœã«ãã©ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§åã蟌ãŸããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ããã®ããéžæããæéãçãããšãã§ããããã«ããèšé²è£ 眮ããã³æ¹æ³ã䞊ã³ã«ããã°ã©ã ã«é¢ããã   The present invention relates to a recording apparatus and method, and a program, and in particular, a recording apparatus and a recording apparatus that can save the user from having to select a recording medium and a recording method in which a stream is recorded. The present invention relates to a method and a program.
åŸæ¥ãããããŒãœãã«ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãªã©ã«ãããŠã¯ãããŒã¿ã®èšé²åªäœãšããŠããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ïŒHDD(Hard Disk Drive)ïŒãçšããããŠãããHDDã¯ããã®å€§å®¹éåãäœäŸ¡æ Œåãå°ååãé²ãã§ããããšãªã©ãããè¿å¹ŽãããŒãœãã«ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ä»¥å€ã«ããé²ç»æ©åšãæºåž¯åã®é³æ¥œåçæ©åšãªã©ã®åçš®ã®æ©åšã«ãçšããããŠããã   Conventionally, in a personal computer or the like, a hard disk (HDD (Hard Disk Drive)) is used as a data recording medium. In recent years, HDDs have been used in various devices such as recording devices and portable music players in addition to personal computers because of their increased capacity, lower prices, and smaller size. .
ãŸããããŒã¿ã®èšé²åªäœãšããŠãHDDã®ä»ã«ãCD(Compact Disk)ãDVD(Digital Versatile Disk)ãªã©ã®å ãã£ã¹ã¯ãçšããããŠãããè¿å¹Žã¯ãåŸæ¥ããããDVDãããããŒã¿ã®é«éèªã¿æžãã倧容éãå®çŸãã次äžä»£å ãã£ã¹ã¯ãææ¡ãããŠãããäŸãã°ãæ°ççšæ©åšã察象ãšãã次äžä»£å ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®ãã©ãŒããããšããŠãBlu-ray DiscïŒåæšïŒæ¹åŒïŒä»¥äžãBDãšããïŒãšãHD-DVD(High Definition DVD)ïŒåæšïŒæ¹åŒïŒä»¥äžãHD-DVDãšããïŒãææ¡ãããŠããã   In addition to HDDs, optical discs such as CDs (Compact Disks) and DVDs (Digital Versatile Disks) are also used as data recording media. In recent years, data can be read and written faster and have a larger capacity than conventional DVDs. Next-generation optical discs that realize the above have been proposed. For example, next-generation optical disc formats for consumer devices include the Blu-ray Disc (trademark) method (hereinafter referred to as BD) and the HD-DVD (High Definition DVD) (trademark) method (hereinafter referred to as HD-DVD). Is proposed).
åŸæ¥ããããDVDïŒä»¥äžãéåžžDVDãšããïŒã¯äž¡é¢èšé²ãïŒå±€èšé²ãªã©ãå¯èœã§ãããDVD-ROMã®å Žåããã®èšé²å®¹éã¯çé¢ïŒå±€èšé²ã§ïŒïŒïŒGBãçé¢ïŒå±€èšé²ã§ïŒïŒïŒGBãäž¡é¢åïŒå±€èšé²ã§ïŒïŒïŒGBã§ãããããã«å¯ŸããBDã®èšé²å®¹éã¯ãçé¢èšé²ã§ïŒïŒGBãšãªã£ãŠããã転éã¬ãŒããïŒïŒMbpsãšãéåžžDVDãšèŒã¹ãŠé«éã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èªã¿åºããå¯èœãšãªã£ãŠããããŸããHD-DVDã®èšé²å®¹éã¯ãçé¢åå±€ïŒïŒãïŒïŒGBãïŒå±€ïŒïŒãïŒïŒGBã§ãããããããŸãéåžžDVDãšèŒã¹ãŠèšé²å®¹éã倧ããã
  A conventional DVD (hereinafter referred to as a normal DVD) can perform double-sided recording and double-layer recording. In the case of a DVD-ROM, the recording capacity is 4.7 GB for single-sided single-layer recording and 8. 5GB, 9.4GB for single-sided recording on both sides. On the other hand, the recording capacity of BD is 27 GB for single-sided recording. The transfer rate is 36 Mbps, and data can be read out at a higher speed than a normal DVD. The recording capacity of HD-DVD is single-sided
åºãæ®åããŠããéåžžDVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åçæ©åšããå šãŠãBDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åçæ©åšã«çæéã§çœ®ãæããããšã¯å°é£ã§ããããšãããè¿å¹ŽãBDãŸãã¯HD-DVDã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²åçãšãéåžžDVDã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²åçãå¯èœãªå ãã£ã¹ã¯ãéçºãããŠããã   Since it is difficult to replace all widely used recording and playback devices compatible with normal DVDs with recording and playback devices compatible with BD and HD-DVD in a short period of time, An optical disc capable of recording / reproducing data and recording / reproducing data on a normal DVD has been developed.
è€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®ãã¡ã®BDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãçšããããšã«ãããéåžžDVDãšèŒã¹ãŠãé«ç»è³ªèšé²ãé·æéèšé²ãªã©ãå¯èœãšãªãã   By using a recording layer corresponding to BD or HD-DVD among optical discs corresponding to a plurality of recording methods, high-quality recording, long-time recording, and the like can be performed as compared with a normal DVD.
ããã§ãæ åïŒç»åïŒã®èšé²æ¹æ³ãšããŠãäŸãã°ãè€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®ãã¡ã®BDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãšãéåžžDVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã®ããããã«ãåäžã®ç»åãèšé²ããæ¹æ³ãèãããããå ·äœçã«ã¯ãé«äŒéã¬ãŒãã倧容éãšãã£ãç¹æ§ãçãããŠãBDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«ã¯äŒéã¬ãŒãã®é«ããé«ç»è³ªã¢ãŒãã§ç»åããŒã¿ãèšé²ããäžæ¹ãéåžžDVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«ã¯äŒéã¬ãŒãã®äœããéåžžç»è³ªã¢ãŒãã§åãç»åããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããšãèããããã   Here, as a video (image) recording method, for example, a recording layer corresponding to BD or HD-DVD among optical discs corresponding to a plurality of recording methods and a recording layer corresponding to normal DVD are the same. A method of recording an image is conceivable. Specifically, taking advantage of characteristics such as high transmission rate and large capacity, image data is recorded in a high-quality mode with a high transmission rate on a recording layer that supports BD and HD-DVD, while it is compatible with normal DVDs. It is conceivable to record the same image data in the normal image quality mode with a low transmission rate on the recording layer.
ãã®ããã«ãïŒæã®å ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«é«ç»è³ªã¢ãŒããšéåžžç»è³ªã¢ãŒãã®æŸéçªçµãæ ç»ãªã©ãèšé²ããããšã«ãã£ãŠããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãäŸãã°ãç»è³ªã®æªããæ¯èŒçæ°ã«ãªããªãæºåž¯åã®åçæ©åšã§ã¯éåžžDVDã®ããŒã¿ãåçãã家åºå ã®æ®ã眮ãåã®åçæ©åšã§ã¯BDãŸãã¯HD-DVDã®ããŒã¿ãåçãããããããšãã§ããã   In this way, by recording a broadcast program or a movie in the high image quality mode and the normal image quality mode on one optical disc, the user can use, for example, a normal DVD in a portable playback device that is relatively uncomfortable with poor image quality. Data can be played back, and BD or HD-DVD data can be played back on a home-use playback device.
åçæ¹æ³ãšããŠã¯ãåã«ãèšé²ãããé ã«ãæç³»åçã«åçãããã®ã§ã¯ãªãããŠãŒã¶ãèŠãããšæãã·ãŒã³ãåçããæ¹æ³ããéèŠãšæãããã·ãŒã³ïŒããŒãã¬ãŒã ïŒã ããåçïŒãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçïŒããæ¹æ³ã®ïŒã€ã®æ¹æ³ãèãããããããã«ããããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãäŸãã°ãç¶ããŠèšé²ãããé£ç¶ãã©ããã·ãªãŒãºçªçµããã®èšé²é ã«å šãŠèŠèŽããããšãªããèšé²ããããã®ã®å šäœãç¥ãããšãã§ããã   The playback method is not simply playing back in chronological order in the order in which they were recorded, but playing back the scene that the user wants to see, or playing back only the scene (key frame) that seems to be important (digest playback). Two methods are possible. Thereby, the user can know the whole recorded thing, for example, without viewing all the continuous dramas and series programs recorded continuously in the order of the recording.
åè
ã®ç¹æ®åçãå®çŸãããããäžèšç¹èš±æç®ïŒããã³ïŒã«ã¯ãèšé²ãããŠããç»åã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšããŠãé¡äŒŒããã·ãŒã³æ¯ã«ç»åããŒã¿ãèªåçã«åé¡ãã代衚ç»ããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºããããšã«ãã£ãŠããŠãŒã¶ã«ãåçäœçœ®ãéžæãããæè¡ãé瀺ãããŠããã
  In order to realize the former special reproduction, the following
äžæ¹ãåŸè
ã®ç¹æ®åçãå®çŸãããããäžèšç¹èš±æç®ïŒã«ã¯ãèšé²ãããŠããç»åã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠéèŠåºéãå€å®ããå€å®ããéèŠåºéã ããåçããæè¡ãé瀺ãããŠããã
  On the other hand, in order to realize the latter special reproduction,
ç»åã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšããåŠçãšããŠã¯ããããããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠç»åã«èšå®ããããšãèããããããã®ãããªãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ãããç»åããŒã¿ãçšããããšã«ãã£ãŠããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãäŸãã°ãæå®ãããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã®ç¯å²ã«ããç»åã®åãåºããã³ããŒãªã©ã®ç·šéåŠçãè¡ãããšãã§ããã   As processing using image feature data, it is conceivable to set so-called chapter points in an image based on the feature data. By using the image data in which such chapter points are set, the user can perform an editing process such as clipping or copying an image in the range of the designated chapter points.
ãšããã§ãè€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå ãã£ã¹ã¯ãçšããŠãBDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãšéåžžDVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«ããããåäžã®ç»åãèšé²ããå Žåãäžè¿°ãããããªä»£è¡šç»ã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãç·šéåŠçãªã©ãè¡ããšãã«çšããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãBDãHD-DVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«èšé²ãããç»åããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãéåžžDVDã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«èšé²ãããç»åããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšã§æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ããŠããå¿ èŠãããã   By the way, when recording the same image on a recording layer corresponding to BD or HD-DVD and a recording layer corresponding to normal DVD using an optical disc that supports a plurality of recording methods, thumbnails of representative images as described above Feature data used for display, digest playback, editing processing, etc. is recorded on feature data obtained from images recorded on a recording layer compatible with BD and HD-DVD, and on a recording layer normally compatible with DVD. It is necessary to ensure consistency with the feature data obtained from the captured image.
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãäŸãã°ãç»åã«çŸããç¹åŸŽïŒäŸãã°ãç»çŽ å€ïŒãªã©ã«åºã¥ããŠæœåºããããšã«ãã£ãŠããããã¯ãç»åãèšé²ããéã«ããšã³ã³ãŒãã®å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãªã£ãŠããããŒã¿å šäœããæœåºãããäžéšã®ããŒã¿ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããããã®ããšãããåãç»åã察象ãšããå Žåã§ãã£ãŠããèšé²æ¹åŒãç°ãªããšãç°ãªãããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒãç°ãªãããããã®ç»åã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããŠååŸãããããšãããã   For example, the feature data is extracted based on features (for example, pixel values) appearing in the image, or when the image is recorded, a part of the data extracted from the entire data to be encoded It is obtained by making data into feature data. Therefore, even when the same image is targeted, if the recording method is different, different data may be acquired as feature data of each image having a different recording method.
ãã®å Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒã«ãã£ãŠããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãããŒãã¬ãŒã ã®äœçœ®ãªã©ãç°ãªããBDãHD-DVDã®ããŒã¿ã®åçäžã«ããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãæå®ããŠããåºéã®åçãæ瀺ããå ŽåãšãéåžžDVDã®ããŒã¿ã®åçäžã«ãåããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãæå®ããŠåãåºéã®åçãæ瀺ããå Žåãšã§ãèšé²ãããŠããç»åã¯åãã§ããã«ãããããããåçäœçœ®ãç°ãªããã®ãšãªãã   In this case, the chapter point, key frame position, etc. differ depending on the recording method.When playing back BD or HD-DVD data, the playback of the section in which the chapter point is specified is instructed, and normal DVD data When the same chapter point is specified and playback of the same section is instructed during playback, the playback position is different even though the recorded images are the same.
ç°ãªãããŒã¿ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããŠååŸãããåå ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãBDãHD-DVDã§ã¯ïŒïŒïŒïŒã®ç»é¢ãµã€ãºã§èšé²ããŠãéåžžDVDã§ã¯ïŒïŒïŒã®ç»é¢ãµã€ãºã§èšé²ãããªã©ã®ããã«ãç»é¢ãµã€ãºã®éãããããç»é¢ãµã€ãºãéãããšã«ããåãç»åã®ä¿¡å·ã§ãã£ãŠãïŒïŒ£ïœïŒïŒ£ïœã®ä¿¡å·ç¹æ§ãç°ãªããã®ãšãªãããã®ããããããã®ä¿¡å·ã«åºã¥ããŠååŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç°ãªããã®ã«ãªãããšãããã   The reason why different data is acquired as feature data is that, for example, the screen is recorded with a screen size of 16: 9 on a BD or HD-DVD, and is recorded with a screen size of 4: 3 on a normal DVD. There is a difference in size. Due to the different screen sizes, the signal characteristics of Y, Cb, and Cr are different even for signals of the same image. Therefore, characteristic data acquired based on these signals may be different.
ãŸããé³å£°ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«ã€ããŠããéååãããæ°ããµã³ããªã³ã°åšæ³¢æ°ãªã©ã®éããïŒïŒïŒãã£ã³ãã«ãµã©ãŠã³ãèšé²ãšïŒãã£ã³ãã«ã¹ãã¬ãªèšé²ãªã©ã®éãããã®ä»ã®èŠå ãããåãé³å£°ã察象ãšããå Žåã§ããããããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç°ãªããã®ã«ãªãããšãããã   In addition, for audio feature data, even if the same audio is targeted, due to differences in the number of quantization bits, sampling frequency, etc., differences between 5.1 channel surround recording and 2-channel stereo recording, and other factors. The resulting feature data may be different.
å³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ãå³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ã¯ããããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æŽåæ§ã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããå³ã§ããã   1A and 1B and FIGS. 2A and 2B are diagrams for explaining the consistency of feature data, respectively.
å³ïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºãããã¹ããªãŒã ã¯éåžžDVDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºãããã¹ããªãŒã ã¯BDæ¹åŒïŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã§ãããç»åã®å 容ã¯ããããåããã®ã§ããããªããå³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ã䞊ã³ã«å³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ã«ãããŠãæ°åãä»ãããŠããåè§åœ¢ã¯ãã®ïŒã€ãïŒã·ãŒã³ïŒæå®ã®æ°ã®ãã¬ãŒã ïŒã瀺ãã   The stream shown in FIG. 1A is an image stream recorded in the normal DVD format, and the stream shown in FIG. 2A is an image stream recorded in the BD format (or HD-DVD format). The contents of the images are the same. In FIGS. 1A and 1B and FIGS. 2A and 2B, one of squares with a number indicates one scene (a predetermined number of frames).
ãã®ãããªã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããŠããç¶æ
ã§ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãšãBDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«åºã¥ããŠç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºåŠçãè¡ãããæœåºåŠçã®çµæãããäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒ¢ã«ç€ºãããããã«ã·ãŒã³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãšãå³ïŒïŒ¢ã«ç€ºãããããã«ã·ãŒã³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããããããç¹åŸŽã·ãŒã³ïŒããŒãã¬ãŒã ïŒãšããŠæœåºããããã®ãšããã
  In a state where such a stream is recorded, feature data extraction processing is performed based on the image stream recorded in the normal DVD format and the image stream recorded in the BD format. For example, assume that
ããªãã¡ãèšé²ãããŠããç»åã®å 容ã¯åãã§ããã«ãããããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«æŽåæ§ããªããç°ãªãã·ãŒã³ãç¹åŸŽã·ãŒã³ãšããŠæœåºãããŠããã   That is, although the contents of the recorded images are the same, the feature data is not consistent and different scenes are extracted as feature scenes.
ãŠãŒã¶ã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠæœåºãããç¹åŸŽã·ãŒã³ã®ä»£è¡šç»ãèŠããªã©ããŠç·šéåŠçãªã©ãè¡ãããããã®ããã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ãããŠããªãå Žåãç·šéåŠçã®éã«æ··ä¹±ããŠããŸãããããããã   Since the user performs the editing process by viewing the representative image of the feature scene extracted based on the feature data, if the consistency of the feature data is not ensured in this way, the user is confused during the editing process. There is a risk that.
äŸãã°ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãšãBDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããåãç¯å²ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããããéžæããŠä»ã®èšé²åªäœã«ã³ããŒãããããšããå Žåããã®ç·šéåŠçã®éã«è¡šç€ºããã代衚ç»ãç°ãªãããããŠãŒã¶ã¯ã代衚ç»ã®è¡šç€ºãèŠãŠãã³ããŒãããããšããåãç¯å²ãããããã®ã¹ããªãŒã ããæ£ç¢ºã«éžæããããšãã§ããªãã   For example, when an image stream recorded in the normal DVD format and an image stream recorded in the BD format are selected in the same range and copied to another recording medium, the editing process Since the representative images displayed at this time are different, the user cannot accurately select the same range to be copied from each stream by looking at the display of the representative images.
ãŸãããŠãŒã¶ã«ãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãæ瀺ãããå Žåããã®åçäœçœ®ã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠèšå®ãããç¹åŸŽç¹ã®äœçœ®ã«åŸã£ãŠè¡ãããããããã®ããã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ãããŠããªãå ŽåãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ãå ŽåãšãBDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããç»åã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ãå Žåãšã§åçäœçœ®ãç°ãªããéåæãæããããšãããã   In addition, when digest playback is instructed by the user, the playback position is performed according to the position of the feature point set based on the feature data. The playback position is different between digest playback of an image stream recorded in the DVD format and digest playback of an image stream recorded in the BD format, and a sense of discomfort may be felt.
ãã®ããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒãç°ãªãè€æ°ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãæ±ãè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠã¯ã以äžã®ãããªåé¡ã®ä»ã次ã®ãããªåé¡ãããã   As described above, an apparatus that handles a plurality of streams having different recording methods has the following problems in addition to the above problems.
ããªãã¡ã以äžã®ããã«ããŠããç¯å²ãæå®ããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããããªã©ã®å ŽåããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²å ãšããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã確èªããŠããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¿ããèšé²åªäœãæå®ããå¿ èŠããããïŒã€ã®èšé²åªäœããäžè¿°ããããã«è€æ°ã®èšé²å±€ããæ§æãããŠããå ŽåããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãããã«ãèšé²å±€ãŸã§æå®ããå¿ èŠãããã   That is, when a range is specified as described above and a stream is recorded on a recording medium, the user confirms the recording method of the stream to be recorded as the recording destination of the stream, and according to the recording method. It is necessary to specify a recording medium. When one recording medium is composed of a plurality of recording layers as described above, the user needs to further specify up to the recording layer.
ãã®ãããªæå®ã¯ãïŒã€ã®èšé²è£ 眮ã«èšãããããã¬ã€ïŒãã£ã¹ã¯ãèšçœ®ãããã¬ã€ïŒããè€æ°ã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ãèšçœ®å¯èœãªãã®ã§ããå Žåãããã«ç ©éã«ãªãã   Such designation is further complicated when a tray (tray on which a disk is installed) provided in one recording apparatus can install a plurality of disks.
æ¬çºæã¯ãã®ãããªç¶æ³ã«éã¿ãŠãªããããã®ã§ããããŠãŒã¶ããã©ã®èšé²åªäœã«ãã©ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§åã蟌ãŸããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ããã®ããéžæããæéãçãããšãã§ããããã«ãããã®ã§ããã   The present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and enables a user to save the trouble of selecting a recording medium and a recording stream that is captured on which recording medium. is there.
第ïŒã®æ¬çºæã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããå±æ§æ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ããå€å®æ段ïŒã¹ããããšããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãå€å®æ段ïŒã¹ãããã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ïŒã¹ããããšãåããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   According to the first aspect of the present invention, determination means / step for determining a transmission rate of a stream to be recorded based on attribute information, and determination means / step among one or more recording media installed in a tray. And a recording control means / step for recording the recording target stream on a recording medium corresponding to the stream having the transmission rate.
å€å®æ段ã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããªãå Žåãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããããšãå¯èœãªäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å€æããå€ææ段ãããã«åããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ãå€ææ段ã«ããäŒéã¬ãŒããå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããã®äŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã   When a recording medium corresponding to the transmission rate stream determined by the determination unit is not installed in the tray, the recording target stream is changed to a transmission rate stream that can be recorded on the recording medium installed in the tray. The recording control unit may further include a converting unit that converts the recording target stream, the transmission rate of which has been converted by the converting unit, on a recording medium corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate.
èšé²åªäœã¯ãè€æ°ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²æ¹åŒæ¯ã«ç°ãªãèšé²å±€ã«èšé²å¯èœãªè€æ°ã®èšé²å±€ãããªãå ãã£ã¹ã¯ã§ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãå€å®æ段ã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãæããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã   The recording medium is an optical disc composed of a plurality of recording layers capable of recording a plurality of streams on different recording layers for each recording method, and the recording control means includes one or more recording media installed in the tray, The stream to be recorded can be recorded on a recording medium having a recording layer corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate determined by the determining means.
第ïŒã®æ¬çºæã¯ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå€ææ段ïŒã¹ããããšãå€ææ段ïŒã¹ãããã«ããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ïŒã¹ããããšãåããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããã   In the second aspect of the present invention, when the stream recorded on the first recording medium is recorded on the second recording medium installed in the tray, the recording target stream recorded on the first recording medium is recorded. The conversion unit / step for converting the recording method, and the second stream corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed on the tray are the recording target stream converted by the conversion unit / step. And recording control means / step for recording on the recording medium.
èšé²åªäœã¯ãè€æ°ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²æ¹åŒæ¯ã«ç°ãªãèšé²å±€ã«èšé²å¯èœãªè€æ°ã®èšé²å±€ãããªãå ãã£ã¹ã¯ã§ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãæãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã   The recording medium is an optical disc composed of a plurality of recording layers capable of recording a plurality of streams on different recording layers for each recording method, and the recording control means stores the stream to be recorded in the second recording set on the tray. Of the medium, recording can be performed on a second recording medium having a recording layer corresponding to the recording method.
第ïŒã®æ¬çºæã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããå±æ§æ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ããããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããã   In the first aspect of the present invention, the transmission rate of the stream to be recorded is determined based on the attribute information, and corresponds to the stream of the determined transmission rate among one or more recording media installed in the tray. A stream to be recorded is recorded on the recording medium.
第ïŒã®æ¬çºæã«ãããŠã¯ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããã   In the second aspect of the present invention, when the stream recorded on the first recording medium is recorded on the second recording medium installed in the tray, the recording target stream recorded on the first recording medium The recording target stream having the converted recording method is recorded on the second recording medium corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed on the tray.
æ¬çºæã«ããã°ããŠãŒã¶ããã©ã®èšé²åªäœã«ãã©ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§åã蟌ãŸããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ããã®ããéžæããæéãçãããšãã§ããã   According to the present invention, it is possible to save the user from having to select which recording medium is used to record a stream captured by which recording method.
以äžãæ¬çºæã®å®æœã®åœ¢æ ã«ã€ããŠå³ãåç §ããŠèª¬æããã   Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
ããã§ã¯ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒç»åé³å£°ã¹ããªãŒã ïŒã®ç¹åŸŽã®æœåºåŠçãè¡ããæœåºåŠçã®çµæããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºããæ€åºããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠæå®ã®ããŒãã¬ãŒã ïŒéèŠç¹ãéèŠäœçœ®ïŒãç¹åŸŽç¹ãæ€åºãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçïŒèŠçŽåçïŒåäœããã£ãã¿ãŒèšå®åäœãªã©ã®ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšããåäœãå®çŸããå Žåã«ã€ããŠèããã   Here, a feature extraction process of image / audio data (image / audio stream) is performed, feature data is detected from the result of the extraction process, and predetermined key frames (important points, important positions) and features are detected based on the detected feature data. Consider a case where a point is detected and an operation using feature data such as a digest playback (summary playback) operation or a chapter setting operation is realized.
ãçºæã解決ããããšãã課é¡ãã®æ¬ã«èšèŒãããåãå
容ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§åã蟌ãã å Žåã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠå®ãŸãç¹åŸŽç¹ã®æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ããããšãã§ããªããšããåé¡ã解決ããæ¹æ³ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒã€ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ããããŒã¹ãã³ã垯åã察象ãšããŠç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããšã«ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºãããã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒã®ç°ãªãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§åã蟌ãã ãšãã«åŸãããè€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒéã§å
±éã«çšããæ¹æ³
ïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒã®ç°ãªãè€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ã®ããããïŒã€ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã察象ãšããŠç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããšã«ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºãããã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒã®ç°ãªãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®éã§å
±éã«çšããæ¹æ³
ãªã©ãèããããã
The problem that the consistency of feature points determined based on feature data cannot be ensured when image and sound data having the same content described in the column âProblems to be Solved by the Inventionâ is captured by different recording methods As a method for solving the problem, for example,
(1) Feature extraction processing is performed by performing feature extraction processing for a baseband band of a single image / audio data, and the feature data is captured by image / audio data having a different recording method (when the image / audio data is captured by a different recording method). (2) A method used in common among a plurality of obtained image and sound data (2) Feature data is detected by performing feature extraction processing on any one of a plurality of image and sound data having different recording methods. In addition, a method of using the feature data in common between video and audio data having different recording methods is conceivable.
ãªããæ¬çºæã®å®æœã®åœ¢æ
ã«ã€ããŠã¯ã以äžã®é åºã§èª¬æããã
ïŒïŒïŒæ
å ±ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒã®å Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®å Žå
ïŒïŒïŒæ
å ±ã®åçæ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ
æ§
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
容ãåããã®ã§ããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
容ãéããã®ã§ããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä»ã®èšé²æ
æ§ïŒICã¡ã¢ãªãICã¿ã°ã«èšé²ããå ŽåïŒ
ïŒïŒïŒäºçŽèšé²ïŒäºçŽé²ç»ãã¿ã€ããŒèšé²ïŒã¢ãŒãæã®åäœ
ïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æäŸ
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããã³ãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšããèªåãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒå
šäœæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåçåŽæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒéåžžåçã¢ãŒãåäœ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãããã£ãã¿ãŒã¢ãŒã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒä»ã®å
šäœæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåçåŽæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒé³å£°ç³»ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¡é³ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã®ä»ã®é³å£°ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åç³»ç¹åŸŽåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžç¹åŸŽ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒè²ç¹åŸŽ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒé¡äŒŒã·ãŒã³ç¹åŸŽ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããããç¹åŸŽ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒå€§å®¹éèšé²åªäœãšä»ã®èšé²åªäœã䜵çšå¯èœãªå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²å¯èœãªèšé²æ¹åŒã®å€å®æ¹æ³
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹æ³
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœã¢ãŒãèšå®é åºãåäœé åº
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒå¯Ÿå¿ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®å Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®åãæã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœãããŒãã£ãŒã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒå®æœäŸãã®ä»
ïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãçæããå¿
èŠæ§
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¿ããåäœ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœãããŒãã£ãŒã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æŽåæ§ãåãåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå Žå
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«ããèšé²åªäœã®éžæ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒè€æ°åã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ãæ±ãããšãã§ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
The embodiments of the present invention will be described in the following order.
(1) Information recording mode (1.1) Two recording systems (1.2) Three or more recording systems (2) Information playback mode (3) Recording of characteristic data and special playback data Aspects (3.1) Feature data (3.2) Special playback data (3.3) Recording mode (3.3.1) When the contents of video and audio data are the same (3.3.2) When the contents of image / audio data are different (3.4) Other recording modes (when recording to IC memory or IC tag)
(4) Operation in the reserved recording (reserved recording, timer recording) mode (5) Configuration example of the recording side (6) Digest playback and chapter processing using feature data (6.1) Digest playback using feature data (6) .2) Automatic chapter processing using feature data (7) Overall configuration (7.1) Recording side configuration (7.2) Playback side configuration (7.2.1) Normal playback mode operation (7.2.2) Digest playback mode, chapter mode (7.2.2.1) When playlist data and chapter data are recorded (7.2.2.2) When playlist data and chapter data are not recorded (7 (2.2.2.2.1) When feature data is recorded (7.2.2.2.2) When feature data is not recorded (8) Other overall configuration (8.1) Recording side Constitution ( .2) Playback-side configuration (9) Feature extraction processing (9.1) Speech system feature extraction processing (9.1.1) Silence feature extraction processing (9.1.2) Other speech feature extraction processing (9.2) ) Image system feature processing (9.2.1) Scene change feature (9.2.2) Color feature (9.2.3) Similar scene feature (9.2.4) Telop feature (10) Large capacity recording medium (10.1) Method for determining recordable recording method (10.2) Recording method (10.2.1) Recording method 1 and recording method for recording medium A (10.2.2) When only recording method 1 data is recorded on recording medium A (10.2.3) Recording method 2 data on recording medium A (11) A plurality of video and audio data of the recording method 1 is recorded as a recording method. (11.1) Operation mode setting order, operation order (12) Example when recording capacity is insufficient (12.1) In the case of a disc corresponding to two recording methods (12.2) Recording rate (13) Operation flowchart (14) Embodiment and others (15) Necessity of generating feature data and special reproduction data (16) Operation according to recording rate (16.1) Operation flowchart (16.2) Features Data consistency processing (17) When converting the recording system (18) Selecting a recording medium according to the recording rate (19) Example when a plurality of disks can be handled
ïŒïŒïŒæ
å ±ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
ã¯ããã«ãæ¬çºæã®äžå®æœåœ¢æ
ã«ä¿ãèšé²åçè£
眮ã«çè±ãããèšé²åªäœïŒå
ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒã«ãããããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã
(1) Information Recording Mode First, a data recording mode on a recording medium (optical disc) that is attached to and detached from the recording / reproducing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒã®å Žå
ããã§ãïŒèšé²æ¹åŒãšã¯ãäŸãã°ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒãšBDæ¹åŒãšãã£ãããã«ãç°ãªãïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§ãããŒã¿ãïŒã€ã®å
ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ããæ¹åŒããããããªãã¡ãæ¬çºæã®äžå®æœåœ¢æ
ã«ä¿ãèšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠçšããããèšé²åªäœã«ã¯è€æ°ã®å±€ãèšããããŠãããããããã®å±€ã«ç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããšãã§ããããã«ãªãããŠããããŸãããã®è€æ°ã®å±€ãããç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããåçããããšãã§ããããã«ãªãããŠããã
(1.1) In the case of two recording systems Here, the two recording systems are, for example, data are recorded on one optical disk (recording medium) by two different recording systems such as the normal DVD system and the BD system. Refers to the method. That is, the recording medium used in the recording / reproducing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention is provided with a plurality of layers, and data can be recorded on each layer by different recording methods. In addition, data recorded by different recording methods can be read and reproduced from the plurality of layers.
å³ïŒããã³å³ïŒã¯ãïŒèšé²æ¹åŒã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   3 and 4 are diagrams showing an example of data recording by the two recording method.
å³ïŒã¯ãå€éšããäŸçµŠãããŠããïŒã€ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãç°ãªãïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ããæ¬çºæãé©çšããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ãããããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ¹æ³ã瀺ããã®ã§ããã   FIG. 3 shows an example of a case where one stream supplied from the outside is recorded by two different recording methods, and shows a data recording method in a recording / reproducing apparatus to which the present invention is applied.
å³ïŒã¯ãïŒã€ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãããããç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ããæ¬çºæãé©çšããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ãããããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ¹æ³ãšæ¯èŒãããã®ãšããŠç€ºããã®ã§ããã   FIG. 4 shows an example in which two streams are recorded by different recording methods, and is shown as a comparison with a data recording method in a recording / reproducing apparatus to which the present invention is applied.
èšé²åªäœïŒã«ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå±€ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå±€ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšããããŠãããäŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠã¯éåžžDVDæ¹åŒãæ¡çšãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠã¯BDæ¹åŒïŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒãæ¡çšãããããã®å Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è»¢éã¬ãŒãïŒäŒéã¬ãŒãããŸãã¯èšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è»¢éã¬ãŒããæ¯èŒããå Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è»¢éã¬ãŒãã®æ¹ãé«ãã
  The
å³ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãå€éšããäŸçµŠãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ïŒã«ã¯ãä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒâïŒã«ãããŠä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãæœãããåŠççµæã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã¬ãŒã¶ãããã¯ã¢ããïŒâïŒãä»ããŠç
§å°ãããããšã«ãã£ãŠã¹ããªãŒã ïŒãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããããŸããã¹ããªãŒã ïŒã«ã¯ãä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒâïŒã«ãããŠä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãæœãããåŠççµæã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã¬ãŒã¶ãããã¯ã¢ããïŒâïŒãä»ããŠç
§å°ãããããšã«ãã£ãŠã¹ããªãŒã ïŒãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  As shown in FIG. 3, the signal processing system 2-1 performs signal processing on the
äžæ¹ãå³ïŒã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ãå€éšããäŸçµŠãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ïŒã¯ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒâïŒã«ãããŠä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããããŸããä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒâïŒã«äŸçµŠããããã®ãšç°ãªãã¹ããªãŒã ã§ããã¹ããªãŒã ïŒã«å¯ŸããŠã¯ãä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒâïŒã«ãããŠä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  On the other hand, in the example of FIG. 4, the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®å Žå
ãã®å Žåããäžè¿°ããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯éåžžDVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯BDæ¹åŒïŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒãšããããšãã§ããããŸããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯éåžžCDæ¹åŒãšããããšãã§ããããã®éåžžCDæ¹åŒã§ã¯ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ä»ã«ãéæ¢ç»ãç»åãªã©ãèšé²ãããã
(1.2) In the case of three or more recording systems In this case, as described above, the
ãã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒã«ã¯ãå³ïŒãå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ä»ãéåžžCDæ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå±€ãèšããããã
  In this case, the
ãªããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠéåžžDVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠHD-DVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠBDæ¹åŒãæ¡çšããããšãã§ããããŸããããã«å€ãã®å±€ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšããããå Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠéåžžDVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠHD-DVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠBDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšããŠCDæ¹åŒãæ¡çšããïŒã€ã®ç°ãªãèšé²æ¹åŒã§ããããã®å±€ã«ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããã«ããããšãã§ããããã®ããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãïŒä»¥äžã®è€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããããšãã§ããã
  It is also possible to adopt the normal DVD system as the
ïŒïŒïŒæ
å ±ã®åçæ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
å³ïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«ïŒèšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã
(2) Information Reproduction Mode FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of reproducing data recorded on the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«éåžžDVDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ã¯ããã¯ã¢ããïŒâïŒãä»ããŠèªã¿åºãããä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒâïŒã«ãããŠåçåŠçãè¡ããããåŸãããåçä¿¡å·ïŒç»åä¿¡å·ãé³å£°ä¿¡å·ïŒã¯åŸæ®µã®æ§æã«åºåãããã
  The data recorded in the normal DVD system on the
ãŸããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«BDæ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ã¯ããã¯ã¢ããïŒâïŒãä»ããŠèªã¿åºãããä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒâïŒã«ãããŠåçåŠçãè¡ããããåŸãããåçä¿¡å·ïŒç»åä¿¡å·ãé³å£°ä¿¡å·ïŒãåŸæ®µã®æ§æã«åºåãããã
  Further, the data recorded on the
ãã®ããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒããã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ãšãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ã®å°ãªããšããããããéžæçã«åçããããšãã§ããããã«ãªãããŠããã
  As described above, the
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã«ã€ããŠ
ã¯ããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã
(3) Recording Mode of Feature Data and Special Playback Data First, feature data and special playback data will be described.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšé³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åé¡ããããã®ãã¡ã®ç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«ã¯ãããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãã«ã©ãŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã®ä»ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãå«ãŸããããŸããé³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«ã¯ç¡é³ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãå«ãŸããã
(3.1) Feature Data Feature data is classified into image feature data and audio feature data, and the image feature data includes telop feature data, color feature data, and other feature data. The voice feature data includes silent feature data.
äŸãã°ãç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®ãã¡ã®ããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãããããã衚瀺ããããã£ãŒã«ãïŒãŸãã¯ãã¬ãŒã ãªã©ïŒã®äœçœ®æ å ±ãšãããããã®ç¹åŸŽãè¡šãDCT(Discrete Cosine Transform)ã®AC(Alternating current)ä¿æ°ããŒã¿ãšã®äžå¯Ÿã®ããŒã¿ãªã©ãšããããããã¯ãã¹ããªãŒã ã®ããäœçœ®ã«ãããç¹åŸŽãç¹æ§ãè¡šãããŒã¿ãšèããããã   For example, the telop feature data in the image feature data includes the position information of the field (or frame) in which the telop is displayed and the AC (Alternating Current) coefficient data of DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform) representing the telop feature. A pair of data. This is considered as data representing characteristics and characteristics at a certain position of the stream.
ãªããèšé²éå§æå»ãèšé²éå§äœçœ®ãªã©ãåãã£ãŠããå Žåããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®é çªãªã©ããããã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãã¹ããªãŒã å
šäœã®ã©ã®äœçœ®ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã§ããã®ããåããå Žåã«ã¯ããã£ãŒã«ãã®äœçœ®æ
å ±ã¯é€ãããDCTã®ACä¿æ°ãªã©ã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããŠèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããããã«ããŠããããããªãã¡ããã®å Žåãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãèšé²éå§äœçœ®ãåºæºãšããäœçœ®é ã«äžŠã¹ãããDCTä¿æ°ããŒã¿ããæç³»åé ã«äžŠã¹ãããDCTä¿æ°ããŒã¿ãšãªãã
  If the recording start time, the recording start position, etc. are known, or if the feature data is the feature data at which position in the entire stream from the order of the feature data, the position information of the field is Except for this, only data such as DCT AC coefficients may be recorded on the
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãã¹ããªãŒã äžã®éèŠäœçœ®ãè¡šããã¬ãŒã ã§ããããŒãã¬ãŒã ãæ€åºããéãªã©ã«çšãããããããŒãã¬ãŒã ã®äœçœ®ã¯ããã£ãŒã«ãçªå·ããã¬ãŒã çªå·ãèšé²éå§ç¹ããã®æéããã®ä»ã®äœçœ®æ å ±ã§è¡šããããããã®äœçœ®æ å ±ã¯ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšããŠåŸè¿°ããåŠçã«ããçæããããããªãã¡ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããã°ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®çæãå¯èœãšãªããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããã£ãã¿ãŒåŠçã®éã«é©å®çšããããã   The feature data is used when detecting a key frame that is a frame representing an important position in a stream. The position of the key frame is represented by a field number, a frame number, a time from the recording start point, and other position information, and the position information is generated as a playlist data by a process described later. That is, if there is feature data, play list data can be generated. The playlist data generated based on the feature data is used as appropriate during digest playback and chapter processing.
ãã®ããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãçæããããã«ãçšãããããã®ã§ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãããã°ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãåŸè¿°ãããã£ãã¿ãŒåŠçãå¯èœãšãªããããŠãŒã¶èªèº«ã§ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãä¿®æ£ããããšãèããããããšããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®çæåŸã«ã¯æ¶å»ããã®ã§ã¯ãªããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšãšãã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒãå
èµHDDãªã©ã®æå®ã®èšé²åªäœã«æ®ããŠããããã«ããŠãããã
  Thus, the feature data is also used to generate playlist data. If there is playlist data, digest playback and chapter processing described later are possible. Since correction is also possible, the feature data is not deleted after the playlist data is generated, but is kept on a predetermined recording medium such as the
ãŸããåç察象ãšããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããŠããèšé²åªäœã«ããã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãããšãããããšãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãå èµHDDãªã©ã®æå®ã®èšé²åªäœã«æ®ããŠããããã«ããŠããããäŸãã°ãéå»ã«åçããããšã®ããã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããŠããèšé²åªäœã«ããã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãå Žåããã®ãéå»ã®åçãšãã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®çæãªã©ãè¡ãããä¿æãããŠããããšã«ãããå床ãåãã¹ããªãŒã ãåçãããšãã«ãä¿æãããŠãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãçšããŠãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããã£ãã¿ãŒåŠçãªã©ãè¡ãããšãå¯èœãšãªãã   Also, since the playlist data of the stream may not be recorded on the recording medium on which the stream to be reproduced is recorded, the feature data should be left on a predetermined recording medium such as an internal HDD. It may be. For example, when the playlist data of the stream is not recorded on the recording medium on which the stream that has been reproduced in the past is recorded, the feature data is detected during the past reproduction, the playlist data is generated, etc. When the same stream is reproduced again, digest reproduction, chapter processing, etc. can be performed using the retained playlist data.
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºæ¹æ³ã«ã€ããŠã¯åŸè¿°ããã   A feature data detection method will be described later.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿
ç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã¯ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãããªããäŸãã°ãç¹æ®åçã®éã«çšããããç¹åŸŽç¹ïŒç¹åŸŽäœçœ®ïŒã®äœçœ®æ
å ±ã§ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ãç¹åŸŽç¹ã®æ€åºåŠçã«ããçæãããã
(3.2) Special reproduction data The special reproduction data includes playlist data and chapter data, and is, for example, position information of feature points (characteristic positions) used in special reproduction. The playlist data is generated by a feature point detection process based on the feature data.
ããã§ãç¹æ®åçã«ã¯ãã¹ããªãŒã å šäœã®ãã¡ã®ç¹åŸŽçãªã·ãŒã³ã ããåçãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãæå®æéã®ã·ãŒã³ãæå®ééã§åçããã¹ãããåçãã¹ããªãŒã äžã®æå®ã®äœçœ®ã«å«ãŸããç»é¢ãéæ¢ç»ãšããŠè¡šç€ºïŒãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãå«ãïŒããããšããã£ãã¿ãŒãèšå®ãããäœçœ®ã®ç»é¢ãéæ¢ç»ãšããŠè¡šç€ºïŒãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãå«ãïŒããããšãªã©ã®ãã¹ããªãŒã å šäœïŒãŸãã¯æå®ã®ç¯å²ïŒãæç³»åé ã«åçããéåžžåç以å€ã®åçæ¹æ³ãå«ãŸããã   Here, special playback includes digest playback that plays back only the characteristic scenes of the entire stream, skip playback that plays back scenes for a predetermined time at predetermined intervals, and a screen at a predetermined position in the stream as a still image. Normal playback of the entire stream (or a specified range) in time-series order, such as displaying as a thumbnail (including thumbnail display) or displaying a screen at the position where a chapter is set as a still image (including thumbnail display) Playback methods other than playback are included.
ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãã§ãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã ããåçããå Žåã«ã¯ãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã®éå§äœçœ®ãçµäºäœçœ®ãããããç¹åŸŽç¹ãšèããããšãã§ãããããã®äœçœ®æ å ±ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšèããããšãã§ããããŸããããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã®éå§äœçœ®ã ããç¹åŸŽç¹ãšèããããšãã§ããã   When only the key frame section is played back in the digest playback mode, the start position and end position of the key frame section can be considered as feature points, respectively, and the position information can be considered as playlist data. Further, only the start position of the key frame section can be considered as a feature point.
ãããã®ç¹åŸŽç¹ã®ããŒã¿ãçšããåŠçãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãæŸéçªçµã®å Žé¢å€åãèŠããå Žåããç·šéãèšé²ããå 容ã®æŠèŠãç¥ãããå Žåã«ããããã®ç¹åŸŽç¹ãèšå®ããããã¬ãŒã ããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãããªã©ã®åŠçã«çšããããã   Processing using these feature point data includes, for example, if you want to see scene changes in a broadcast program, or if you want to know an overview of the contents that have been edited or recorded, thumbnails of frames with those feature points are displayed. Used for processing such as displaying.
ç¹åŸŽç¹ãããŒãã¬ãŒã äœçœ®ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãããããã®è¡šç€ºãéå§ãããäœçœ®ãããã·ãŒã³ãšé¡äŒŒããã·ãŒã³ã®éå§äœçœ®ãCMåºéã®çµäºäœçœ®ãªã©ãšããããšãã§ããã   The feature point and key frame position may be, for example, a position at which telop display is started, a start position of a scene similar to a certain scene, an end position of a CM section, or the like.
CMçµäºåŸã®æ¬ç·šã®éå§äœçœ®ãCMéå§åã®æ¬ç·šçµäºäœçœ®ãªã©ã¯ãCMã®éå§äœçœ®ãçµäºäœçœ®ããæ±ããããšãã§ãããããå¥ã®èŠ³ç¹ããèŠãã°ãCMéå§åã®æ¬ç·šã®çµäºäœçœ®ïŒçµäºç¹ïŒãCMçµäºåŸã®æ¬ç·šã®éå§äœçœ®ïŒéå§ç¹ïŒãããªãã¡ãçªçµæ¬ç·šã®éå§äœçœ®ãçµäºäœçœ®ãããããç¹åŸŽç¹ãšããããšãã§ããã   Since the start position of the main part after the CM ends and the main part end position before the CM start can be obtained from the start position and end position of the CM, from another viewpoint, the end position of the main part before the CM start (end Point) and the start position (start point) of the main part after the end of the commercial, that is, the start position and the end position of the main part of the program can be used as feature points.
å³ïŒã¯ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãããã¹ãããŒã¿ãšããŠè¡šç€ºããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example in which playlist data is displayed as text data.
å³ïŒã«ç€ºããããããªç¹åŸŽç¹éå§äœçœ®ãç¹åŸŽç¹çµäºäœçœ®ãè¡šããã£ãŒã«ãçªå·ãªã©ã®ããŒã¿ããæå®ã®ãã¡ã€ã«ããŸãã¯ããŒã¿ãã®ãã®ãšããŠãHDDããã£ã¹ã¯ãªã©ã®æå®ã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããã   Data such as a field number representing a feature point start position and a feature point end position as shown in FIG. 6 is recorded in a predetermined recording medium such as an HDD or a disk as a predetermined file or data itself.
åœç¶ããã£ãŒã«ãçªå·ã§ã¯ãªããäŸãã°ããã¬ãŒã çªå·ããããã°ã©ã ã®èšé²éå§ããã®æéæ å ±ãªã©ã®äœçœ®æ å ±ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšããŠèšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããããŸãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšããŠãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒåã«ç€ºãç¹åŸŽåºéã®æåã®äœçœ®æ å ±ã ããèšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã   Of course, position information such as a frame number and time information from the start of program recording may be recorded as playlist data instead of the field number. Further, only the first position information of the feature section shown in the column (a) of FIG. 6 may be recorded as the playlist data.
ãã®ãããªãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã¹ãããåçãªã©ã®ç¹æ®åçã¢ãŒãæããç¹åŸŽç¹ã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºã¢ãŒãæãªã©ã«çšããããã   Such playlist data is used in a special playback mode such as skip playback or in a thumbnail display mode of feature points.
å³ïŒã«ãããŠãïŒïœïŒåã®ããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽåºéã®éå§äœçœ®ãè¡šãæ å ±ã§ãããïŒïœïŒåã®ããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽåºéã®çµäºäœçœ®ãè¡šãæ å ±ã§ãããå³ïŒã®äŸã§ã¯ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã«ç»é²ãããŠããæåã®ããŒã¿ã«ããç¹å®ãããåºéã¯ïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒãã£ãŒã«ãã®åºéã§ããããã®åºéãç¹åŸŽåºéãšãããŠããã   In FIG. 6, the data in column (a) is information representing the start position of the feature section, and the data in column (b) is information representing the end position of the feature section. In the example of FIG. 6, the section specified by the first data registered in the playlist data is a section of 100 to 700 fields, and this section is a feature section.
äŸãã°ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãã§ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒåãšïŒïœïŒåã®ããŒã¿ãããããã«ããç¹å®ãããåºéã ãã®åçãè¡ãããã¹ããªãŒã å šäœãæç³»åé ã«åçããå Žåã«èŒã¹ãŠãçæéã§ãã¹ããªãŒã ã®åçãè¡ãããããšã«ãªããå³ïŒã®äŸã®å ŽåãïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒãã£ãŒã«ããïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒãã£ãŒã«ããïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒãã£ãŒã«ããã»ã»ã»ãïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒãã£ãŒã«ãã®åºéã ããã¹ãããåçããããã以å€ã®åºéã¯åçãããªãã   For example, in the digest playback mode, only the section specified by the data in the columns (a) and (b) in FIG. 6 is played back, and compared with a case where the entire stream is played back in time series. Thus, the stream is played back. In the case of the example in FIG. 6, only the sections of 100 to 700 fields, 900 to 1500 fields, 2000 to 2600 fields,..., 5000 to 5600 fields are skip-played, and the other sections are not played.
ãŸãããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºã¢ãŒãã§ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒåã®ããŒã¿ã«ããç¹å®ãããäœçœ®ã®ç»åããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãããã   In the thumbnail display mode, an image at a position specified by the data in FIG. 6A is displayed as a thumbnail.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ
æ§
å³ïŒã¯ãïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããŠããèšé²åªäœïŒã«ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã瀺ãå³ã§ããã
(3.3) Recording Mode FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a recording mode of characteristic data and special reproduction data in the
åŸè¿°ããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã¯å¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ããªãããã«ããããšãã§ãããããã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯éåžžDVDæ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯BDæ¹åŒã§ããã
  As will be described later, the feature data and the special reproduction data may not be recorded on the
å³ïŒã®ïŒïŒïŒä¹è³ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ã®å
容ãåäžå
容ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãéãå
容ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãããŠããã
  (1) to (3) in FIG. 7 show combinations when the contents of the streams recorded in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
容ãåããã®ã§ããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããäžæ¹ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ã¯èšé²ãããªãããã«ããããšãã§ããã
(3.3.1) When the contents of the video and audio data are the same As shown in FIG. 7 (1), characteristic data and special reproduction data are recorded in the
BDæ¹åŒããŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ã®åçæ©èœãæããè£ çœ®ã¯ãäžè¬çã«ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®åçæ©èœã ããæããè£ çœ®ã«èŒã¹ãŠã倧容éããŒã¿ã®åçãè¡ãããšãã§ããæ§èœãé«ããäŸ¡æ Œãé«ããã®ãšèããããããã®ãããBDæ¹åŒããŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒã®èšé²åçæ©èœãæããè£ çœ®ã¯ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²åçæ©èœãä»å çã«æèŒãããŠããå Žåãå€ããšèãããããã®ãããªè£ 眮ã®å Žåãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã®çµåãã¯æå¹ãªèšé²æ¹æ³ã®ïŒã€ãšèããããã   A device having a BD or HD-DVD data playback function can generally play back a large amount of data and has a higher performance than a device having only a normal DVD playback function. The price is also considered high. For this reason, it is considered that a device having a recording / playback function of the BD system or HD-DVD system is usually additionally equipped with a recording / playback function of data of the normal DVD system. The combination shown in FIG. 7A is considered as one of effective recording methods.
ãŸããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ã ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã
  Further, as shown in FIG. 7 (2), the characteristic data and special reproduction data are recorded only in the
ããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ãããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããããã®çµåãã®å Žåãã©ã¡ããäžæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®åçæ©èœããæããŠããªãè£
眮ã§ã察å¿ã§ããã
  Further, as shown in FIG. 7 (3), the characteristic data and the special reproduction data can be recorded in both the
ãªããåãã¹ããªãŒã ãïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§ããããèšé²ãããŠãããããªãã¡ãèšé²ãããŠããæ ç»ã®å 容ãçªçµå 容ãåãã§ããããã€ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®åæ¹ã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå Žåãããããã®ã¹ããªãŒã äžã®å¯Ÿå¿ããäœçœ®ïŒåãã·ãŒã³ã®äœçœ®ïŒã«ç¹åŸŽç¹ãèšå®ãããããã«åºã¥ããŠè¡ããããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã®åçåºéããäžæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãåçãããšããšãä»æ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ãåçãããšããšã§æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ãããŠããããšã奜ãŸããã   It should be noted that the same stream is recorded in two recording methods, that is, the recorded movie content and program content are the same, and as shown in FIG. When the feature data and special playback data are recorded in both the recording layer and the recording method, the feature point is set at the corresponding position (the same scene position) in each stream, and the digest playback performed based on the feature point is set. It is preferable that the reproduction section ensure consistency between when the stream of one recording method is reproduced and when the stream of the other recording method is reproduced.
äŸãã°ãå 容ãåãã§ããã«ãããããããäžæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãããšããšãä»æ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãããšããšã§ãåçãããå 容ãç°ãªãå ŽåããŠãŒã¶ã¯éåæãæããããšã«ãªãã   For example, the user feels uncomfortable when the content to be reproduced differs between when the stream of one recording method is digest-reproduced and when the stream of the other recording method is digest-reproduced even though the content is the same You will feel.
å³ïŒã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®èšé²ç¶æ ã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the recording state of feature data and playlist data.
å³ïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒããã³åŸè¿°ãããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããããã«ããããå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã«ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã ããèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããããŸããå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã ããèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããªãããã«ããããšãã§ããã
  As shown in FIG. 8A, feature data and playlist data (and chapter data described later) are recorded on the
ããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããªãããã«ããããšãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã®çµåãã®å ŽåãããŸã®ç¶æ
ã§ã¯èšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ã®ç¹æ®åçãè¡ãããšãã§ããªããããå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãåŸè¿°ãããããªç¹åŸŽã®æœåºåŠçããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®äœæåŠçãè¡ãããããã«åºã¥ããŠãç¹æ®åçãè¡ãããã
  Further, as shown in FIG. 8D, the feature data and the playlist data can be prevented from being recorded on the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
容ãéããã®ã§ããå Žå
ãã®å Žåãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãã¹ããªãŒã ãéãå
容ã§ããå Žåã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã®çµåããšåæ§ã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ãããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã
(3.3.2) When the content of the image / audio data is different In this case, as shown in FIG. 7 (4), as in the combination of FIG. 7 (3) when the stream has different content. The characteristic data and the special reproduction data can be recorded in both the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä»ã®èšé²æ
æ§ïŒICã¡ã¢ãªãICã¿ã°ã«èšé²ããå ŽåïŒ
以äžã®ããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®æå®ã®é åã«èšé²ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ãšããŠã¯æ¬¡ã®ãããªãã®ãèããããã
(3.4) Other recording modes (when recording on IC memory, IC tag)
As described above, instead of recording in a predetermined area of the
å³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒãäžæ¹ïŒèšé²åªäœïŒã®è¡šé¢ã«å¯ŸããŠåçŽæ¹åïŒããèŠãå³ã§ããã
  9A and 9B are views of the
å³ïŒïŒ¡ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã®éåžžèšé²é åïŒäŸãã°ããã©ãŒãããã§æšå¥šãããèšé²é åïŒãšã¯ç°ãªãé åã§ããå
åšåŽã®é åïŒïŒ¡ã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ããŠãããåœç¶ãå€åšåŽã«èšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  FIG. 9A shows an example in which feature data and playlist data are recorded in the inner
å³ïŒïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã®å
åšåŽã®ããäœçœ®ã«ICã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ¢ãåã蟌ãŸããŠãããããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒã®å€åšåŽã«ICã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ¢ãåã蟌ãŸããããã«ããããšãã§ãããäŸãã°ããã®ICã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã®è£œé ã®éçšã§ICã®ãã¿ãŒã³ãæå®ã®å±€ã«å
¥ã蟌ãããšã§èšé²åªäœïŒã«çšæãããã
  FIG. 9B shows an example in which the
ãªããICã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ¢ã«æ¿ããŠICã¿ã°ãçšããããããã«ããŠãããããã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšããããICã¿ã°ã«å¯ŸããŠããŒã¿ãç¡ç·ã§æžã蟌ãã ããICã¿ã°ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ãç¡ç·ã§èªã¿åºãããããããšãã§ãããªãŒãã©ã€ã¿ãçšæãããã
  An IC tag may be used instead of the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ä»¥å€ã«ãå³ïŒïŒ¡ããã³ïŒ¢ã«ç€ºããããªç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®ä»ã®èšé²é åïŒå
åŽã®é åïŒïŒ¡ãICã¡ã¢ãªïŒïŒ¢ïŒãèšããããŠããå Žåã«ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ
æ§ã瀺ãå³ã§ããã
  In FIG. 10, in addition to the
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä¹è³ïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ã®å
容ãåäžå
容ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä¹è³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ããããã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®å
容ãéãå
容ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãã
  FIGS. 10 (1) to (6) show combinations when the contents of the streams recorded in the
ïŒïŒïŒäºçŽèšé²ïŒäºçŽé²ç»ãã¿ã€ããŒèšé²ïŒã¢ãŒãæã®åäœ
ããã§ããŠãŒã¶ã«ããèšå®ã«å¿ããŠãé·æéçªçµãäºçŽèšé²ããå Žåã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã®åäœã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããéåžžããŠãŒã¶ã¯ã§ããã ãé«ç»è³ªã§èšé²ããã¹ããªãŒã ãéè³ããããšæããã®ãšæ³å®ããããã©ã«ãèšå®ïŒåæèšå®ïŒã§ã¯ãã§ããã ãé«ç»è³ªã§èšé²ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã
(4) Operation in Reservation Recording (Reserved Recording, Timer Recording) Mode Here, the operation of the recording / reproducing apparatus when a long-time program is reserved and recorded according to the setting by the user will be described. Normally, it is assumed that the user wants to appreciate a stream recorded with as high a picture quality as possible, and in the default setting (initial setting), the stream is recorded in the
é«ç»è³ªãªãã€ããžã§ã³çªçµããé«ç»è³ªèšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²ããŠããæäžã«ãçªçµå
šäœãèšé²ããã«ã¯ãããŸäœ¿çšããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããããšãèªåçã«æ€åºããããšãããŸãã¯ãéããªãäžè¶³ããããšãèªåçã«æ€åºããããšããè£
眮ã«ãããä»ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§ãããäŸãã°èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«èšé²æ¹åŒãåãæããããŠããã以éã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã
  In order to record the entire program while recording a high-definition high-definition program in the recording area of the
ãã®ãšããèšé²æ¹åŒãåãæããŠãä»ã®èšé²å±€ã«ç¶ç¶ããŠåãçªçµïŒããã°ã©ã ïŒãèšé²ããããšã瀺ãæå®ã®æ å ±ããåãæãå ã®èšé²å±€ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ããŸãã¯åãæãå ã®èšé²å±€ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã   At this time, the recording method is switched, and the predetermined information indicating that the same program (program) has been continuously recorded on the other recording layers is the recording method one layer that is the switching destination recording layer or the recording source recording Recording is performed in a predetermined recording area of two layers of recording methods.
ãªãããŠãŒã¶ããèšé²ã¢ãŒãã®èšå®ãå€æŽããããšãã§ããããã«ããŠããããäŸãã°ããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ãããããã©ã«ãã®èšå®ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ãããããã«å€æŽããããšãã§ããã   Note that the user may be able to change the recording mode setting. For example, the user can change the default setting for recording in the recording system 2 (BD system or HD-DVD system) so that the recording is performed in the recording system 1 (normal DVD system).
ïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æäŸ
å³ïŒïŒããã³å³ïŒïŒã¯ãåãã³ã³ãã³ããè€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ããèšé²åŽã®æ§æäŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã
(5) Configuration Example of Recording Side FIGS. 11 and 12 are block diagrams illustrating a configuration example of the recording side for recording the same content on the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå
¥åãããã¹ããªãŒã ïŒç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒãããçŽæ¥ãç¹åŸŽã®æœåºãè¡ããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽãè¡šãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããæ§æã瀺ãã
  FIG. 11 shows a configuration in which features are extracted directly from an input stream (image / audio data) and feature data representing the extracted features are recorded in the
èšé²åçè£
眮ã«å
¥åãããã¹ããªãŒã ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠããããã®ããããã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒã«å¿ãããšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçãè¡ããããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«åºåãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«åºåãããã
  The stream input to the recording / reproducing apparatus is supplied to the
ãŸããèšé²åçè£
眮ã«å
¥åãããã¹ããªãŒã ã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãäŸçµŠãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãæå®ã®ç»åç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã«ããç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããŸããæå®ã®é³å£°ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã«ããé³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããããããæ€åºããããæ€åºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®ä»ã«ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããå ŽåïŒäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã®çµåãã§ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããèšé²åªäœïŒãåŸãå ŽåïŒã«ã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«åºåãããèšé²åªäœïŒã«ã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã ããèšé²ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²ããªãå ŽåïŒäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒïœïŒã®çµåãã§ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããèšé²åªäœïŒãåŸãå ŽåïŒã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«åºåãããã
  The stream input to the recording / reproducing apparatus is also supplied to the feature data
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ïŒå³ã®å±€ïœãå±€ïœïŒã«å¯ŸããŠèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããéåžžDVDèšé²åŠçãšãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããããŒã¿ããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒã®çµåãã§æå®ã®èšé²å±€ïŒäœçœ®ïŒã«èšé²ãããåŠçãšãè¡ãããã
  In the
ãªããå³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãå±€ïœã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãDVD DL(Dual Layer)ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã«èšããããå±€ã§ãããåŸè¿°ããå³ïŒïŒçã«ãããŠãåæ§ã§ããã
  In FIG. 11, the layer a is a layer provided when the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«å¯ŸããŠèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããBDæ¹åŒããŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããèšé²åŠçãšãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããããŒã¿ããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒã®çµåãã§æå®ã®èšé²å±€ïŒäœçœ®ïŒã«èšé²ãããåŠçãšãè¡ãããã
  In the
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠç¹ç·ã§ç€ºãã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã¯ãäŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããããŒã¿ãšãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒãããã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒãèšé²åªäœïŒã«åæã«èšé²ããããšãã§ããªãå Žåã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸãããããŒã¿ãäžæçã«ä¿åããŠãããšãã«çšããããã
  The
äŸãã°ãåæèšé²ãè¡ãããšãã§ããªãã«ãããããããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ãåèšé²å±€ã«ããããèšé²ãããšããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸãããããŒã¿ã¯ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã«äžæçã«èšæ¶ãããèšé²å¯èœãªã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§èªã¿åºãããã
  For example, even when simultaneous recording cannot be performed, as shown in FIG. 7 (3), when feature data and playlist data are recorded on each recording layer, the feature data
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãããŸããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããã®ã§ã¯ãªãã以äžã®ããã«ãïŒã€ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããã³ïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®å
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãšããŠèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ããããšã«ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®éã§æŽåæ§ã倱ããããšãã£ãããšãé²æ¢ããããšãã§ããã
  The feature data obtained from the encoding result of the
ããªãã¡ãå
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ã«åºã¥ããŠããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãç¹æ®åçãè¡ãããããšã«ãããã¹ããªãŒã äžã®ããµã ãã€ã«ç»åã®éžæäœçœ®ãç¹æ®åçæã®åçäœçœ®ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã察象ãšããå Žåãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã察象ãšããå Žåãšã§ç°ãªããã®ãšãªãããšãé²æ¢ããããšãã§ãããããèŠãŠãããŠãŒã¶ã«éåæãäžããŠããŸãããšãé²æ¢ããããšãã§ããã
  In other words, thumbnail display and special playback are performed based on common feature data or playlist data obtained from it, so that the thumbnail image selection position and the playback position during special playback in the stream It is possible to prevent the difference between the case where the data of 1 is targeted and the case where the data of the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã®ãã¡ã®å°ãªããšãããããã«ãããŠè¡ãããåŠçã®éçšã§åŸãããããŒã¿ããç¹åŸŽãæœåºããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽãè¡šãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®å
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããŠèšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããæ§æã瀺ããå³ïŒïŒãšå¯Ÿå¿ããéšåã«ã¯åã笊å·ãä»ããŠããã
  FIG. 12 shows feature data representing the extracted features by extracting features from the data obtained in the process performed in at least one of the
äŸãã°ãç¹åŸŽæœåºã«çšããããŒã¿ïŒåŠçã®éçšã§åŸãããããŒã¿ïŒã¯ããšã³ã³ãŒãæ¹åŒãMPEGæ¹åŒãšããå ŽåãDCTåŠçã§åŸãããACä¿æ°ãDCä¿æ°ãªã©ãšãããã   For example, data used for feature extraction (data obtained in the process) is an AC coefficient, a DC coefficient, or the like obtained by DCT processing when the MPEG encoding method is used.
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæããç¹åŸŽæœåºã«çšããããŒã¿ãšããæœåºããç¹åŸŽãè¡šãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããããã¯ãããããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ã®ç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®å
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãšããå Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãäŸçµŠãããã
  The encoding result by the
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒã®æå®ã®èšé²äœçœ®ã«èšé²ããããšãšãã«ãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãäŸçµŠãããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ã®çæåŠçãè¡ãããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããæå®ã®èšé²äœçœ®ã«èšé²ãããã
  In the feature data
äžè¿°ããããã«ãè€æ°ã®èšé²å±€ã«åæèšé²ãè¡ãããšãã§ããªãå Žåãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒãããã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒã¯ãã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã«äžæçã«èšé²ãããæå®ã®ã¿ã€ãã³ã°ã§èªã¿åºãããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒã®æå®ã®èšé²äœçœ®ã«èšé²ãããã
  As described above, when simultaneous recording cannot be performed on a plurality of recording layers, the feature data (or playlist data (chapter data)
ãªããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæã«æ¿ããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæãç¹åŸŽæœåºã«çšããããŒã¿ãšããæœåºããç¹åŸŽãè¡šãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããããã¯ãããããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ã®ç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®å
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãšããå Žåãå³ïŒïŒã«ç¹ç·ã§ç€ºãããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãäŸçµŠããããã以éãäžè¿°ãããããªãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãçµæãçšããå Žåãšåæ§ã®åŠçãåç³»ã«ãããŠè¡ãããã
  In addition, instead of the encoding result by the
ãã®ããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãŸãã¯ïŒã®ãã¡ã®ããããäžæ¹ã®ãšã³ã³ãŒãçµæïŒãããã¯ããšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçã®éçšã§åŸãããããŒã¿ïŒããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããããåŸããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãªã©ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããã³ïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®å
±éã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšããããšã«ãã£ãŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®éã§æŽåæ§ã倱ããããšãã£ãããšãé²æ¢ããããšãã§ããã
  As described above, the feature data obtained from the encoding result of one of the
ããã§ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãæ§æã«ãããŠãããŒã¿ãèšé²ããé åºãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãã   Here, in the configuration shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12, the order of recording data is shown in FIG.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä¹è³ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããã瀺ãããã«ãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœãèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœâèšé²å±€ïœã®é åºã§ã¹ããªãŒã ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²ããããšãã§ããã   As shown in FIGS. 13 (1) to (6), the recording layer a â the recording layer b â the recording layer c, the recording layer a â the recording layer c â the recording layer b, and the recording layer b â the recording layer c â the recording layer a. Stream, feature data, etc. can be recorded in the order of recording layer b â recording layer a â recording layer c, recording layer c â recording layer b â recording layer a, recording layer c â recording layer a â recording layer b. .
ãªããèšé²å±€ïœïŒïœïŒïœã«å¯ŸããïŒå±€åæèšé²ããŸãã¯ããããïŒã€ã®å±€ã«å¯ŸããïŒå±€åæèšé²ã«ãã£ãŠããããã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã   Each data may be recorded by three-layer simultaneous recording on the recording layers a, b, and c, or two-layer simultaneous recording on any two layers.
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããã³ãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠç
äžèšã®åäœæŠèŠã«é¢ä¿ããä¿¡å·åŠçã«ã€ããŠã¯ãé©å®ãããã§ã®é
ç®ã®ä»ã«åŸã®é
ç®ã§è©³çŽ°ã«èª¬æããã
(6) Digest playback and chapter processing using feature data The signal processing related to the following operation outline will be described in detail in the following items in addition to the items here.
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ä¹è³ïŒ§ã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããã³ãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããå³ã§ãããã¯ããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã   FIGS. 14A to 14G are diagrams for explaining digest playback and chapter processing using feature data. First, digest reproduction using feature data will be described.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåç
ããã§ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºããããªç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ç³»åããããšæ³å®ããããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ç³»åã¯ãæŸéçªçµãæ ç»ãœãããã®ä»ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã§ãããããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ïŒHDDïŒãå
ç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ã倧容éåå°äœã¡ã¢ãªãªã©ã®æå®ã®èšé²åªäœããèªã¿åºãããåçåŠçã«çšãããããã®ãšããã
(6.1) Digest Playback Using Feature Data Here, it is assumed that there is an image / audio data sequence as shown in FIG. 14A. This video / audio data series is a broadcast program, movie software, or other content, and is read from a predetermined recording medium such as a hard disk (HDD), a magneto-optical disk, or a large-capacity semiconductor memory, and used for reproduction processing. .
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã«ã¯ã
ïŒïœïŒç¹åŸŽç¹ã®éïŒç¹åŸŽäœçœ®ïŒãã¹ãããåçããæ¹æ³
ïŒïœïŒç¹åŸŽç¹åºéãåçããæ¹æ³
ïŒïœïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠæå®ã®æå³çæ§é åºéãæ³å®ãããã®æå³çæ§é åºéã«åºã¥ããŠåçããæ¹æ³
ãªã©ãå«ãŸããã
For digest playback using feature data,
(A) A method for skip reproduction between feature points (feature positions) (b) A method for reproducing feature point sections (c) A predetermined semantic structure section is assumed based on feature data, and the semantic structure section The method of reproducing based on this is included.
äžèšæ¹æ³ïŒïœïŒã¯ãäŸãã°ããã¬ãCMã®éå§ç¹ãçµäºç¹ãæ€åºããæ€åºãããã¬ãCMã®éå§ç¹ãçµäºç¹ããæ±ããããçªçµæ¬ç·šã®éå§ç¹ãçµäºç¹ãç¹åŸŽç¹ãšããçªçµæ¬ç·šåºéã®ã¿ãåçããæ¹æ³ã§ãããæ¥æ¬ã§æŸéããããã¬ãCMãèããå ŽåãïŒïŒç§ã®æŽæ°åã®æéæ¯ã«ç¡é³åºéãæ€åºã§ãããšããç¹åŸŽãããããšãããäŸãã°ããã¬ãCMã®éå§ç¹ãçµäºç¹ã®æ€åºã¯ããã®ç¹åŸŽã«åºã¥ããŠè¡ãããã   For example, the method (a) detects the start point and end point of a TV commercial, uses the start point and end point of the main program determined from the detected start point and end point of the TV commercial as feature points, and sets the main program section. Is the only way to play. Considering a TV commercial broadcast in Japan, there is a feature that a silent section can be detected every integer multiple of 15 seconds. For example, the detection of the start and end points of a TV commercial Based on.
æ¹æ³ïŒïœïŒã¯ãäŸãã°ãããããã衚瀺ãããŠããåºéãåçããæ¹æ³ã§ããããã¥ãŒã¹çªçµãªã©ã§ã¯ãéèŠãªéšåã¯ããããã衚瀺ãããããšãå€ãããšãããããã«ãããéèŠãšèããããéšåã ããåçããããšãã§ããã   The method (b) is, for example, a method of reproducing a section in which a telop is displayed. In a news program or the like, a telop is often displayed for an important part, so that only a part considered to be important can be reproduced.
æ¹æ³ïŒïœïŒã¯ãäŸãã°ããã¥ãŒã¹çªçµã®æå³çæ§é ãšããŠããã¢ããŠã³ãµãŒããã¥ãŒã¹ãèªã¿äžããŠããåºéããæ€åºãããã®åºéãåçããæ¹æ³ã§ããããã¥ãŒã¹çªçµã®å šäœãèŠãå Žåãã¢ããŠã³ãµãŒãåºãŠããã·ãŒã³ãå€ããšæ³å®ã§ããããããã®ç»åãé¡äŒŒããã·ãŒã³æ¯ã«åé¡ããå Žåã«åºçŸé »åºŠã®å€ãã·ãŒã³ïŒæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒã§ã話è é³å£°åºéïŒæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒã§ããã¥ãŒã¹çªçµãªã®ã§ãããã衚瀺ïŒæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒããããšæ³å®ãããã®ïŒã€ã®æ¡ä»¶ãæºããåºéãæ€åºããããšã§ããã¢ããŠã³ãµãŒããã¥ãŒã¹ãèªã¿äžããŠããåºéããšããæå³çæ§é åºéãæ€åºããããšãã§ããã   The method (c) is, for example, a method of detecting âa section where the announcer is reading the newsâ as a semantic structure of the news program and reproducing the section. When the entire news program is viewed, it can be assumed that there are many scenes where the announcer has appeared, and when each image is classified into similar scenes, the scene with the highest appearance frequency (condition 1) Under condition 2), since it is a news program, it is assumed that there is a telop display (condition 3), and by detecting a section that satisfies the three conditions, a semantic structure section "section where the announcer is reading the news" is detected. can do.
ãªãããã®ãããªæå³çåºéã®æ€åºåŠçãèããå Žåã«ãïŒæ¡ä»¶ã®å šéšãæºãããªãå Žåãèããããã   In addition, when such a detection process of a semantic section is considered, it may be considered that all three conditions are not satisfied.
ããã§ãæ€åºåŠçã«ãããŠè©äŸ¡å€ïŒã¹ã³ã¢ïŒãšããæŠå¿µãçšããããã«ããŠããããäŸãã°ãè©äŸ¡å€ïŒæ¡ä»¶ãæºããçšåºŠãè¡šãå€ïŒã®æ倧ãïŒïŒïŒãšããäžèšïŒæ¡ä»¶ããã¹ãŠæºããå Žåã¯æºç¹ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãïŒæ¡ä»¶ã ãæºããå Žåã¯è©äŸ¡å€ïŒïŒãïŒæ¡ä»¶ã ãæºããå Žåã¯è©äŸ¡å€ïŒïŒããšããããã«æå®ã®è©äŸ¡å€èšå®åŠçãè¡ããèšå®ãããè©äŸ¡å€ãéŸå€ãè¶ ããåºéãæå³çåºéãšããŠéžæããããã®åºéã ãåçãããããã«ããããšãã§ããã   Therefore, the concept of evaluation value (score) may be used in the detection process. For example, the maximum of the evaluation value (a value representing the degree that satisfies the condition) is 100, and when all the above three conditions are satisfied, the perfect score (100), when only two conditions are satisfied, the evaluation value 70, and when only one condition is satisfied, the evaluation value It is also possible to perform a predetermined evaluation value setting process such as 30 and select a section where the set evaluation value exceeds the threshold as a semantic section and reproduce only that section.
ãªããè©äŸ¡å€ã®èšå®ã®æ¹æ³ã¯ããã«éãããããããã®æ¡ä»¶ã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«å¿ããéã¿ä»ããããããã®æ¡ä»¶ãæºãããåŠãã§èšå®ãããããã«ããŠããããäŸãã°ãäžèšæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒåºçŸé »åºŠã®äžçªå€ãã·ãŒã³ïŒãæºããå Žåã«ã¯è©äŸ¡å€ïŒïŒãæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒè©±è
é³å£°åºéïŒãæºããå Žåã«ã¯è©äŸ¡å€ïŒïŒãæ¡ä»¶ïŒïŒãããã衚瀺åºéïŒãæºããå Žåã«ã¯è©äŸ¡å€ïŒïŒããšãã£ãããã«ãæºããæ¡ä»¶ã«å¿ããŠç°ãªãè©äŸ¡å€ãèšå®ãããèšå®ãããè©äŸ¡å€ãéŸå€ãè¶
ãããåŠãã«å¿ããŠãæå³çåºéãšããŠéžæãããããã«ããŠããããéŸå€ãïŒïŒãšããŠèšå®ãããŠããå Žåãå°ãªããšããæ¡ä»¶ïŒãšæ¡ä»¶ïŒã®ïŒæ¡ä»¶ãæºããåºéããæå³çåºéãšããŠéžæãããããšã«ãªãã
  The method of setting the evaluation value is not limited to this, and each condition may be weighted according to the feature data, and may be set depending on whether or not the condition is satisfied. For example, when the above condition 1 (scene with the highest appearance frequency) is satisfied, the
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ç³»åã«ãããŠãæå®ã®æå³ãèšå®ããã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžãé³å£°ã»ã°ã¡ã³ããªã©ã«å¿ããŠæå®ã®ãããªæ§é ïŒæå³çãããªæ§é ïŒã«åºåã£ãåºéã®äŸã瀺ããã®ã§ããã   FIG. 14B shows an example of a section in which a predetermined meaning is set and divided into a predetermined video structure (semantic video structure) according to a scene change, an audio segment, or the like in the video / audio data sequence of FIG. 14A. .
ããã§ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ£ã«ç€ºãããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã®åºéæ¯ïŒæå®ã®æéå ã«èšé²ãããåºéãæå®ã®ããã°ã©ã åºéãªã©ã®åºéæ¯ïŒã®æå®è©äŸ¡å€ãèšå®ããããã®è©äŸ¡å€ã¯ãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéãå«ãåºéã®ããã«ãå šåºéãã¿ãŠéèŠãšèããããåºéã»ã©ãé«ãè©äŸ¡å€ïŒè©äŸ¡ããŒã¿ïŒãèšå®ãããã   Here, as shown in FIG. 14C, a predetermined evaluation value is set for each section of FIG. 14B (for each section such as a section recorded within a predetermined period of time or a predetermined program section). As the evaluation value, a higher evaluation value (evaluation data) is set for a section that is considered to be important in all sections, such as a section including a key frame section.
ããªãã¡ãé«ãè©äŸ¡ããŒã¿ãèšå®ãããåºéã ããåçãããããšã«ããããã®åºéã«ã¯ããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéãå«ãŸããããšãããå šåºéãåçããªããŠãããŠãŒã¶ã¯çªçµã®æŠèŠãææ¡ãããããããšãã§ããã   In other words, since only the section for which high evaluation data is set is played back, the section includes the key frame section, so that the user can grasp the outline of the program without playing back all the sections. be able to.
å³ïŒïŒïŒ€ã¯ãè©äŸ¡å€ã«åºã¥ãåçåºéã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 14D is a diagram illustrating an example of a playback section based on the evaluation value.
ãã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ç³»åã®ãã¬ãŒã ïœïŒãïœïŒïŒïœïŒãïœïŒïŒïœïŒãïœïŒã®ååºéãããã®åºéã«èšå®ãããè©äŸ¡å€ããããå€Th以äžã®åºéãšãããŠããããã®å Žåãå³ïŒïŒïŒ€ã«ç€ºãããã«ãïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒã®ååºéãã¹ãããåçãããããšã§ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãå®çŸãããã   In this example, each section of the frames f1 to f2, f4 to f5, and f7 to f8 of the video / audio data series shown in FIG. 14A is set to a section where the evaluation value set in the section is equal to or greater than the threshold value Th. In this case, as shown in FIG. 14D, digest playback is realized by skip playback of the sections A1, A2, and A3.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšããèªåãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠç
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¥ã¯ããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã®èšå®äœçœ®ã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã
(6.2) Automatic Chapter Processing Using Feature Data FIG. 14E is a diagram illustrating an example of chapter point setting positions.
äŸãã°ãäžè¿°ãããããªãæå®ã®ããŒãã¬ãŒã ã®å é ãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åãããã³ããã®ããŒãã¬ãŒã ã®åºéã®æåŸã«ç¶ãïŒæåŸã«æ¥ç¶ããïŒãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã§ã¯ãªãåºéã®å é ãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åã«ãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ãããã   For example, as described above, a chapter point is located at the beginning or the vicinity of a predetermined key frame, and the beginning or the vicinity of a section that is not a key frame section that is connected to the end of the section of the key frame (connected last). Is set.
å³ïŒïŒïŒŠã¯ããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèªåèšå®ããããã¬ãŒã ã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 14F is a diagram illustrating an example of a frame in which chapter points are automatically set.
å³ïŒïŒïŒŠã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ããã£ãã¿ãŒãã¬ãŒã ïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒã¯ãããããããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒã®å é ïŒãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åïŒã«ãããã¬ãŒã ã§ãããïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒã¯ãããããããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒã®åŸã«ç¶ããããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã§ã¯ãªãåºéïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒã®å é ïŒãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åïŒã«ãããã¬ãŒã ã§ããã   In the example of FIG. 14F, the chapter frames f1, f4, and f7 are frames at the beginning (or the vicinity thereof) of the key frame sections A1, A2, and A3, respectively, and the f3, f6, and f9 are the key frame sections A1. , A2, A3, and the frame at the head (or the vicinity thereof) of the sections B1, B2, B3 that are not key frame sections.
åŸæ¥ã®DVDèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®ããããèªåãã£ãã¿ãŒèšå®æ©èœã«ããèšå®ãããåºåãç¹ã¯ããã®ç¹ãç·šéæäœã®ç®å®ã«ããå Žåããæ©éããã©ã¯ãŒãåçïŒFFåçïŒãæ©éãéåçïŒãªã¯ã€ã³ãåçãREWåçïŒããå Žåã«å©çšããããäŸãã°ãåŸæ¥ã®èªåãã£ãã¿ãŒèšå®æ©èœã§ã¯ãïŒåééãïŒïŒåééãïŒïŒåééãªã©ã®ããã«ãæå®ã®æéééã§ãã£ãã¿ãŒãèšå®ãããããã«ãªãããŠããããã®ãããªãã£ãã¿ãŒã®èšå®åŠçã«ããã°ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ§ã«ç€ºãããã«ãããŒãã¬ãŒã ãšæãããäœçœ®ã®éå§ç¹ã«ãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ããããšãã§ããªãå Žåãããã   Breakpoints set by the so-called automatic chapter setting function of conventional DVD recording / playback devices can be used as a guideline for editing operations, fast forward playback (FF playback), fast forward reverse playback (rewind playback, REW playback) It is used when doing. For example, in the conventional automatic chapter setting function, chapters are set at predetermined time intervals such as 5-minute intervals, 10-minute intervals, 15-minute intervals, and the like. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 14G, there is a case where the chapter point cannot be set at the start point of the position considered to be a key frame.
ãŸããåŸæ¥ã®DVDèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠã¯ãæåãã£ãã¿ãŒïŒããã¥ã¢ã«ãã£ãã¿ãŒïŒåŠçãšããããŠãŒã¶èªèº«ãææããä»»æã®äœçœ®ã«ãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ããããšãã§ããæ©èœãããããèšé²ããããããã¯èšé²ããçªçµïŒããã°ã©ã ïŒãå®éã«èŠãŠãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ããããšã«ãªãã®ã§ããŠãŒã¶ã«ãšã£ãŠã¯é¢åãªæäœã§ãããå¹ççã§ã¯ãªãã   In addition, the conventional DVD recording / reproducing apparatus has a function of setting a chapter point at an arbitrary position desired by the user, such as a manual chapter (manual chapter) process. Since the chapter point is set by actually viewing the program), it is a troublesome operation for the user and is not efficient.
ããããæ¬çºæãé©çšããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®ããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãçšãããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹èšå®åŠçã§ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¥ã«ç€ºãããã«ãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã®å é ããŸãã¯ãã®è¿åãšããã®ããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã®æåŸã«æ¥ç¶ãããïŒãŸãã¯æåŸã«ç¶ãïŒãããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéã§ã¯ãªãåºéã®å é ãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åã«ããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãé©åã«ããã€èªåçã«èšå®ããããšãã§ããåŸæ¥ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒåŠçãšèŒã¹ãŠãããå¹æçãªïŒç·šéããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã«ãšã£ãŠæå¹ãªïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã®èšå®ãè¡ãããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   However, in the chapter point setting process using feature data as in the recording / reproducing apparatus to which the present invention is applied, as shown in FIG. 14E, at the beginning of the key frame section or its vicinity and at the end of the key frame section. The chapter point can be set appropriately and automatically at the beginning of the connected (or last) non-keyframe section or in the vicinity thereof, which is more effective than conventional chapter processing. It is possible to set chapter points (effective for editing and digest playback).
å³ïŒïŒã¯ããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèªåèšå®ããããã¬ãŒã ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒãã¬ãŒã ïŒã®è¡šç€ºäŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating a display example of a frame (chapter frame) in which chapter points are automatically set.
å³ïŒïŒã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¥ã«ç€ºããããªäœçœ®ã«èšå®ããããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã«åºã¥ããŠéžæããããã£ãã¿ãŒç»åïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒããç»é¢ã®äžæ¹ã«ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãããŠããã   In the example of FIG. 15, chapter images f1, f3, f4, f6, f7, and f9 selected based on the chapter points set at the positions shown in FIG. 14E are displayed as thumbnails at the bottom of the screen. .
ãŠãŒã¶ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªç»é¢ãèŠãŠãäŸãã°ãèšé²åçè£
眮ã®å
èµèšé²åªäœã§ããããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããæŸéçªçµã察象ãšããŠãå³ïŒïŒïŒ€ã®ããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒãåãåºãããã®åºéã®ããŒã¿ããèšé²åªäœïŒãªã©ã®ãã£ã¹ã¯èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããããããã£ãã¿ãŒç»åïœïŒïŒïœïŒïŒïœïŒãããããã«ç¶ãæå®ã®åºéã ããã¹ãããåçããããããããšãã§ããã
  The user views the screen as shown in FIG. 15, for example, cuts out the key frame sections A1, A2, and A3 of FIG. 14D for a broadcast program recorded on a hard disk that is a built-in recording medium of the recording and playback device. The data of the section can be recorded on a disk recording medium such as the
ïŒïŒïŒå
šäœæ§æ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åŽã®æ§æãå«ããèšé²åçè£
眮å
šäœã®æ§æäŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã
(7) Overall Configuration FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the entire recording / reproducing apparatus including the configuration on the recording side of FIG. 11 or FIG.
ããã§ã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯æŸéçªçµã®ããŒã¿ãšãããã®æŸéçªçµã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠã¯MPEG(Moving Picture Exports Group)ã«æºæ ããå§çž®åŠçãæœããããã®ãšããããªãããã®ä»ã®å§çž®åŠçãšããŠãŠã§ãŒãã¬ããå€æããã©ã¯ã¿ã«è§£æåŠçãªã©ãçšããããšãå¯èœã§ãããäŸãã°ãäžèšã®èª¬æã«ãããŠãç»åããŒã¿ã®DCTä¿æ°ã¯ããŠã§ãŒãã¬ããå€æã®å Žåã«ã¯å€é解å床解æã«ããã解æä¿æ°ãªã©ã«çžåœããåæ§ã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãããšãèããããã   Here, it is assumed that the video / audio data to be recorded is broadcast program data, and the broadcast program data is subjected to compression processing based on MPEG (Moving Picture Exports Group). Note that wavelet transformation, fractal analysis processing, and the like can be used as other compression processing. For example, in the following description, the DCT coefficient of image data corresponds to an analysis coefficient in multi-resolution analysis in the case of wavelet transform, and the same signal processing may be performed.
ãªããå³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãé³å£°ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãšç»åãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã䜵ããïŒã€ã®æ§æã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã®ããããã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããã察å¿ããããŸããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã¯å³ïŒïŒã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã¯å³ïŒïŒã®ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã¯å³ïŒïŒã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ïŒã¯äžè¿°ããèšé²åªäœïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããèšé²åªäœïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ïŒã¯äŸãã°å
èµã®HDDã§ããã
  In FIG. 16, one configuration including the audio
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æ
åä¿¡ã¢ã³ããç³»ïŒïŒãšåä¿¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®æŸéçªçµãåä¿¡ãããé³å£°ä¿¡å·ã¯é³å£°A/Då€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§æå®ã®ãµã³ããªã³ã°åšæ³¢æ°ãæå®ã®éååãããæ°ã§A/Då€æåŠçãè¡ãããåŸãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ãé³å£°ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
(7.1) Recording-side configuration A predetermined broadcast program is received by the receiving antenna system 41 and the receiving
é³å£°ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§ã¯ãäŸãã°MPEGãªãŒãã£ãªãACïŒãªãŒãã£ãªïŒãã«ããŒACïŒããŸãã¯Audio Code number ïŒïŒãªã©ã®æå®ã®åž¯åå§çž®æ¹åŒã§ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In the audio
åæ§ã«ãåä¿¡ãããæŸéçªçµã®ç»åä¿¡å·ã¯ç»åA/Då€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§æå®ã®ãµã³ããªã³ã°åšæ³¢æ°ãæå®ã®éååãããæ°ã§A/Då€æåŠçãè¡ãããåŸãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯ç»åãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  Similarly, the image signal of the received broadcast program is A / D converted at a predetermined sampling frequency and a predetermined number of quantization bits in the image A / D
ç»åãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§ã¯ãMPEGãããªããŠã§ãŒãã¬ããå€æãªã©ã®æå®ã®åž¯åå§çž®æ¹åŒã§ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In the image
é³å£°ä¿¡å·ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºãè¡ããããé³å£°A/Då€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããé³å£°ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããä¿¡å·ã®äžéšããŸãã¯ãé³å£°ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçã®éçšã§åŸãããä¿¡å·ã®äžéšã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«é©å®å
¥åãããã
  In order to perform feature extraction of an audio signal, a part of a signal input from the audio A / D
åæ§ã«ãç»åä¿¡å·ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºãè¡ããããç»åA/Då€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããç»åãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããä¿¡å·ã®äžéšããŸãã¯ãç»åãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçã®éçšã§åŸãããä¿¡å·ã®äžéšãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«é©å®å
¥åãããã
  Similarly, in order to perform feature extraction of the image signal, a part of the signal input from the image A / D
ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãæŸéçªçµã®èšé²æã«ãæå®åºéæ¯ã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºãé 次è¡ããããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãæå®ã®ãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçãæœãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããŸããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããçæãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãé©å®ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããã
  In the feature
ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ãããã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ãããã
  In the play list data (chapter data)
ããã§ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããè¡ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿çæã®ä¿¡å·åŠçããã»ã¹ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçéçšïŒã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããä¿¡å·åŠçããã»ã¹ã«ã¯ä»¥äžã®ãããªãã®ãèããããã
  Here, the playlist data and chapter data generation signal processing process (signal processing process) performed by the playlist data (chapter data)
ïŒïœïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒããŸãã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åã«æå®ã®éã ãèç©ããåŸãèç©ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿çæåŠçãè¡ãã
  (A) After feature data is accumulated in a predetermined amount in the memory area of the
ïŒïœïŒç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãæ¯ã«ãããã«ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«é次èšé²ããæå®ã®éã ãèšé²ãããåŸããã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããŠïŒåçããŠïŒãèªã¿åºããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿çæåŠçãè¡ãã   (B) Each time the feature extraction processing is performed, the feature data obtained thereby is sequentially recorded on the recording medium A together with the image and sound data, and after recording a predetermined amount, the feature data recorded on the recording medium A Is reproduced (reproduced), and playlist data and chapter data generation processing is performed based on the read feature data.
äžèšïŒïœïŒã®å ŽåãäŸãã°ãæå®æéïœã®æŸéçªçµãèšé²ããããšãèãããšãæŸéçªçµã®èšé²éå§ããæéïœã ãçµéããæç¹ã§ããã®æŸéçªçµã®ãã¹ãŠã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãéç©ãããã®ã§ããã®ãšããæéïœã®ãªãã§ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçæétdã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããŒãã¬ãŒã ãã©ãã«ãªããã決ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿çæåŠçãè¡ãããšãã§ãããããªãã¡ããã®ãæéïœã«åŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒããŸãã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã®ã¡ã¢ãªé åã«èç©ãããããšã«ãªãã
  In the case of (a), for example, when recording a broadcast program at a predetermined time t, all the characteristic data of the broadcast program is accumulated when time t has elapsed since the start of recording the broadcast program. At this time, it is possible to perform play list data generation processing for determining where the key frame corresponding to the digest playback time td will be in time t. That is, the feature data obtained at time t is stored in the memory area of the
äžæ¹ãäžèšïŒïœïŒã®å ŽåãäžèšïŒïœïŒã®å Žåãšåæ§ã«ãæŸéçªçµã®èšé²éå§ããæéïœãçµéãããŸã§ã®éãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«å¯Ÿããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããæéïœãçµéããããšãæ€åºããããšãããããŸã§ã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããŠããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçæétdã«å¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿çæåŠçãéå§ãããã   On the other hand, in the case of (b), as in the case of (a), the characteristic data is recorded on the recording medium A from the start of recording of the broadcast program until the time t elapses, and the time t elapses. When it is detected that the feature data has been recorded on the recording medium A so far, the playlist data generation process corresponding to the digest playback time td is started.
ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿çæåŠçãçµäºãããšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ãæºåãã§ããããšã«ãªãã   When the playlist data generation process is completed, preparation for digest playback is completed.
以äžã®ããã«ããŠçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããæå®ã®åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã
  The playlist data generated as described above is supplied to the
ããã§ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ãå³ïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æããããã«ãäŸãã°ãåºéæ¯ã®åçéå§ãã¬ãŒã çªå·ãšåççµäºãã¬ãŒã çªå·ã®å¯Ÿã®ããŒã¿ã§ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ãèšé²ãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒããã°ã©ã ïŒå šäœã®ãã¡ã®æå®ã®åºéã ããã¹ãããåçããããšã«ãã£ãŠãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãå®çŸããããã«äœ¿çšãããã®ã§ããããããã®ãããªãã¬ãŒã çªå·ã®ããŒã¿ã®ä»ã«ãã¿ã€ã ã³ãŒãããMPEGã«ãããPTS(Presentation Time Stamp)ãDTS(Decode Time Stamp)ãªã©ã®ã¿ã€ã ã¹ã¿ã³ãã«ããè¡šãããããã«ããŠãããã   Here, as described with reference to FIG. 6, the playlist data is, for example, data of a pair of a reproduction start frame number and a reproduction end frame number for each section. The playlist data is used to realize digest playback by skipping only a predetermined section of the entire recorded image / audio data (program). In addition, it may be represented by a time code or a time stamp such as PTS (Presentation Time Stamp) or DTS (Decode Time Stamp) in MPEG.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåçåŽæ§æ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒéåžžåçã¢ãŒãåäœ
ã¯ããã«ãéåžžåçã¢ãŒããèšå®ãããŠãããšãã®åäœã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããããŠãŒã¶å
¥åI/Fç³»ïŒïŒããã®åºåã«ãããèšé²åçè£
眮ã®ã¢ãŒããéåžžåçã¢ãŒããšããŠèšå®ããããšããäŸãã°èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ãããæå®ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãªã©ãèªã¿åºãããåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããŠæå®ã®åçåŠçãè¡ããããåçåŠçã«ããåŸãããããŒã¿ã¯åçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«åºåãããã
(7.2) Playback Side Configuration (7.2.1) Normal Playback Mode Operation First, the operation when the normal playback mode is set will be described. When the mode of the recording / playback apparatus is set as the normal playback mode by the output from the user input I /
åçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãç»åããŒã¿ãšé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«åé¢ããåŠçãè¡ããããã®åŠçã«ããåŸãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯é³å£°ãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãç»åããŒã¿ã¯ç»åãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããããåºåãããã
  In the reproduction data
é³å£°ãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãèšé²æã«åž¯åå§çž®åŠçãããä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããæå®ã®ãã³ãŒãåŠçãè¡ããããã³ãŒãçµæã«å¯ŸããŠé³å£°D/Aå€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠD/Aå€æåŠçãæœãããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããé³å£°ä¿¡å·ãå€éšã«åºåãããã
  In the audio
åæ§ã«ãç»åãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒããäŸçµŠãããŠããç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãèšé²æã«åž¯åå§çž®åŠçãããä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããæå®ã®ãã³ãŒãåŠçãè¡ããããã³ãŒãçµæã«å¯ŸããŠç»åD/Aå€æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠD/Aå€æåŠçãæœãããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããç»åä¿¡å·ãå€éšã«åºåãããã
  Similarly, in the image
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãããã£ãã¿ãŒã¢ãŒã
ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãæããã£ãã¿ãŒã¢ãŒãæãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšå
±ã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠãããã©ããã§ä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹æ³ãç°ãªããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãšãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠãããã©ããã¯ãå³ïŒã®ããã«æŽçããããšãã§ããã
(7.2.2) Digest playback mode and chapter mode In the digest playback mode and chapter mode, the signal processing method depends on whether the feature data, playlist data, and chapter data are recorded on the recording medium along with the image / audio data. Different. Whether the feature data and the playlist data are recorded on the recording medium can be organized as shown in FIG.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïœïŒãïŒïœïŒã®å Žåã«çžåœãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããããããã®ããŒã¿ãçšããŠããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãæã«ã¯ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãããã£ãã¿ãŒè¡šç€ºã¢ãŒãæã«ã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒç»åã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºããããããè¡ãããšãã§ããã
(7.2.2.1) When Playlist Data and Chapter Data are Recorded Corresponding to the cases of FIGS. 8A and 8B, the playlist data and chapter data are recorded on the recording medium A and the recording medium B. These data can be used to perform digest playback in the digest playback mode and thumbnail display of chapter images in the chapter display mode.
äŸãã°ããŠãŒã¶æäœã«å¿ããŠããŠãŒã¶å
¥åI/Fç³»ïŒïŒããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãã§ã®åäœãè¡ãããšãæ瀺ããã³ãã³ããäŸçµŠãããå Žåãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãªã©ããåç察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠãããšãã«ã¯ããããã®ããŒã¿ãåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåé¢ãããåé¢ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  For example, when a command instructing to perform an operation in the digest playback mode is supplied from the user input I /
ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒçã«å¯Ÿããå¶åŸ¡ãè¡ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ãã¹ãããåçãè¡ãããããšã§ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãå®çŸãããããŸãããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ããŸãã¯ãã®è¿åã«ãããç»åããµã ãã€ã«ç»åãšããŠè¡šç€ºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã衚瀺ãããåŠçãè¡ãããããã«ããããµã ãã€ã«ç»åã®è¡šç€ºãå®çŸãããã
  In the
ãªããåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãåé¢ããããšãã§ããªãå Žåã«ã¯ãããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããªãã®ã§ãåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãšã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãªã©ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠãããã©ããã®å€å®æ©èœãæããããšã«ãªãã
  If the reproduction data
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïœïŒãïŒïœïŒã®å Žåã«çžåœãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããŸãã¯èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããããããŸã®ç¶æ
ã§ã¯ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãæã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ïŒïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçåŠçãè¡ãããšãã§ããããŸãããã£ãã¿ãŒã¢ãŒãæã«ããµã ãã€ã«ç»åã®è¡šç€ºããã£ãã¿ãŒåçïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒç»åã®äœçœ®ãåºæºãšããŠæå®ã®æéã ãåçããããšïŒãªã©ã®äžé£ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åŠçãè¡ãããšãã§ããªãã
(7.2.2.2) When playlist data and chapter data are not recorded Corresponding to the cases of FIGS. 8C and 8D, the playlist data and chapter data are the recording medium A or the recording medium. In this state, the audio / video data recorded on the recording media A and B cannot be digest-reproduced in the digest reproduction mode, and the thumbnail image cannot be recorded in the chapter mode. A series of chapter related processes such as display and chapter reproduction (reproduction for a predetermined time with reference to the position of the chapter image) cannot be performed.
ãã®ç¶æ ã¯ãæŸéçªçµãªã©ãåä¿¡ããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåç察象ãšããã®ã§ã¯ãªããäŸãã°ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãããã±ãŒãžè²©å£²ãããæ ç»ãªã©ã®DVDãœããã§ããããããåçããå Žåãããã®ä»ã®ãç¹åŸŽãæœåºããŠããªãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåãªã©ã«èµ·ããããã   In this state, video / audio data obtained by receiving a broadcast program or the like is not an object to be reproduced. For example, the recording medium B is DVD software such as a movie sold as a package, and is reproduced. It may also occur when reproducing image / audio data from which features are not extracted.
ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæãããŠããããåçããããšãã§ããªãå Žåããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ãããçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçšããŠãäžè¿°ããããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçåŠçããã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åŠçãè¡ããããçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã¯ãé©å®ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšåãèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããã   If playlist data or chapter data has not been generated and cannot be played back, playlist data and chapter data are generated, and the above-described digest data is used to generate the digest data. Playback processing and chapter related processing are performed. The generated playlist data and chapter data are appropriately recorded on the same recording medium as the image / audio data.
ãŸããåçããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæãçŽãããå Žåãåæ§ã«ãåçãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåççšã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãããã³ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åŠççšã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæãããã   Similarly, when it is desired to regenerate the reproduced playlist data and the chapter data, digest data for the digest reproduction and chapter data for the chapter related processing are generated from the reproduced characteristic data.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïœïŒã®å Žåã«çžåœããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²æã«ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã ããè¡ãããŠããïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçã¯è¡ãããŠãããïŒãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãåçããããšãã§ããå ŽåãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããããŸãã¯åçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ãããã
(7.2.2.2.1) When Feature Data is Recorded Corresponding to the case of FIG. 8C, only feature extraction processing is performed when recording image / audio data (playlist data, When the feature data can be reproduced), the feature data is reproduced from the
ãã®ããã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã ããåçã§ããå Žåã«ãããŠããŠãŒã¶ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒããæ瀺ãããšããå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºããããããªããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ããªãããšã瀺ãã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããããŸãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæããããšããå³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã«ç€ºããããªã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã   As described above, when only the feature data can be reproduced, when the user designates the digest reproduction mode, the display processing system 65 displays a message indicating that there is no playlist data or chapter data as shown in FIG. 17A. You may be made to do. Further, when playlist data or chapter data is generated, a message as shown in FIG. 17B may be displayed by the display processing system 65.
çæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããŠãŒã¶æäœã«ããæå®ã®ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçæéã«å¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠãæå®ã®åºéãã¹ãããåçããããã«åçå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿããå¶åŸ¡ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããè¡ãããåçå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããããŒã¿ãåçãããã
  The generated playlist data is input to the
ãŸããçæããããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããŠãŒã¶æäœã«ããæå®ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœã¢ãŒãã«å¿ããŠããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ãæå®ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ãèšå®ãããç»åã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã®ã«ãããæ¥ç¶ãªã©ã®ç·šéåŠçããŠãŒã¶ã«ããéžæããããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ã®ã¹ãããåçãªã©ãæå®ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœãè¡ãããã«åçå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿããå¶åŸ¡ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããè¡ããããã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿããå¶åŸ¡ãè¡ããããããã
  Also, the generated chapter data is input to the
äŸãã°ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçããå Žåã«ãäžè¿°ãããã®ãšåæ§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããåçå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ããã®ããŒã¿ã®åçãå¶åŸ¡ãããããšã«ãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçåŠçãå®çŸãããããŸãããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçšããç·šéåŠçïŒç·šéæäœïŒããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹éïŒãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åïŒã®ã¹ãããåçããã£ãã¿ãŒç¹ïŒãŸãã¯ãã®è¿åïŒã®ãµã ãã€ã«ç»åã®è¡šç€ºãªã©ã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœãè¡ãå Žåã«ããäžè¿°ãããã®ãšåæ§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããåçå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ããã®ããŒã¿ã®åçãå¶åŸ¡ãããããšã«ãããããã®ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœãå®çŸãããã
  For example, when the audio / video data recorded on the recording medium B is digest-reproduced, the same processing as described above is performed, and the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããªãå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïœïŒã®å Žåã«çžåœãããäžè¿°ããäŸã§ã¯ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæããå Žåã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããããäŸãã°ãä»ã®ãŠãŒã¶ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã³ããŒãããããªå Žåãèãããšãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããã¯ããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®åçã¯ã§ããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãåçããããšãã§ããªãå Žåãæ³å®ã§ããã
(7.2.2.2.2) Case where feature data is not recorded This corresponds to the case of FIG. In the above example, the case where playlist data and chapter data are generated from feature data has been described. For example, a case where image / audio data recorded on the recording medium B by another user is copied to the recording medium A is used. Considering this, it is possible to assume that the image / sound data can be reproduced from the recording medium A, but the characteristic data cannot be reproduced.
ãã®ããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«æŸéçªçµãªã©ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããŠããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããããåçããããšãã§ããªãå Žåã«ãããŠããŠãŒã¶ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœã¢ãŒããæ瀺ãããšããå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã«ç€ºããããããªãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããªãããšã瀺ãã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã   As described above, when the video / audio data such as the broadcast program is recorded on the recording medium A but the characteristic data is not recorded and cannot be reproduced, the user can enter the digest reproduction mode or the chapter related operation mode. When instructed, the display processing system 65 may display a message indicating that there is no feature data, as shown in FIG. 18A.
ãã®ç¶æ
ã«ãããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãã§åçããå ŽåãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããããŒã¿ã¯åçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåé¢ãããç»åããŒã¿ãšé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãç»åã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã§ããDCTã®DCä¿æ°ãACä¿æ°ãåããã¯ãã«ïŒã¢ãŒã·ã§ã³ãã¯ãã«ïŒãªã©ãæ€åºããåŠçãé³å£°ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã§ããé³å£°ãã¯ãŒãæ€åºããåŠçãªã©ãè¡ãããã
  In this state, when the audio / video data recorded on the recording medium A is reproduced in the digest reproduction mode, the data reproduced by the
ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ããã«ãäžè¿°ãããããªåçš®ã®ç»åé³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠãããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒããããåºéå€å®ããŒã¿ïŒã人ç©ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããã®ä»ã®ç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒç»åç¹åŸŽåºéå€å®ããŒã¿ïŒãããã³ã話è
é³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒè©±è
é³å£°å€å®ããŒã¿ïŒãæææ声ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒæææ声å€å®ããŒã¿ïŒããã®ä»ã®é³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ïŒé³å£°ç¹åŸŽåºéå€å®ããŒã¿ïŒã®æœåºåŠçãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠè¡ãããã
  Further, in the feature
ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããååŸãããåçš®ã®ç»åç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãããã³é³å£°ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«é 次å
¥åããããæå®çªçµããããã¯æå®ã®ç»åé³å£°åºéã®ãã¹ãŠã察象ãšããŠç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ããããšããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããã
  Various image feature data and audio feature data acquired by the feature
ããã§ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçäžã§ããå Žåãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒããããã®ããšãè¡šãä¿¡å·ã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã«ç€ºããããªã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠããããåæ§ã«ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãçµäºããå Žåã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒïŒ£ã«ç€ºããããªã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  Here, when the feature extraction processing is being performed, a signal indicating that is input from the
次ã«ã以äžã®ããã«ããŠååŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ãçæããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã   Next, processing for generating playlist data and chapter data from the feature data acquired as described above will be described.
ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãäŸãã°ã察象ãšããæå®ã®åºéããæœåºãããããŒã¿æ¯ã«ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒã«äžæçã«èç©ããããã¹ãŠã®åºéã察象ãšããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºãçµäºãããšãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããããã«åºã¥ããŠããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ãããã
  For example, feature data extracted by the feature
ããã§ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãããçŽæ¥ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãæå®ã®åºéããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãé次å
¥åãããããã«ããŠãè¯ããäžè¿°ããããã«ãå
šãŠã®åºéã察象ãšããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºãçµäºãããšãã«åºåãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒããã®ä¿¡å·ã«ããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãéå§ãããããã«ããŠãããããŸããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæœåºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããããã«ããŠãããã
  Here, the feature data extracted from the predetermined section may be sequentially input from the feature
ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãçµäºãããšããã®ããšã瀺ãä¿¡å·ããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããã®åŸããŠãŒã¶ãèŠæ±ããæéã«å¿ãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãããŠãŒã¶ãèŠæ±ãããã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœãè¡ãããã
  When the playlist data (chapter data)
ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæãçµäºããå Žåãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã«ç€ºãããããªè¡šç€ºãè¡ãããããçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠåŠçãè¡ãããŠããå ŽåãããŸã®ã¢ãŒããããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¢ãŒãããã£ãã¿ãŒé¢é£åäœã¢ãŒãã§ããããšãè¡šãã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã   When the generation of playlist data or chapter data is completed, the display as shown in FIG. 17B is performed, or the process is performed based on the generated playlist data or chapter data. A message indicating that the mode is the digest playback mode or the chapter related operation mode may be displayed by the display processing system 65.
ãŠãŒã¶ããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ãå Žåã«ãäŸãã°ãèšé²ããæŸéçªçµãïŒæéã§ãã£ããšãããããïŒïŒåã§èŠçŽããŠåçãããã®ããïŒïŒåã§èŠçŽããŠåçãããã®ããªã©ããŠãŒã¶ã®ææãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçæéã¯åãããªãã®ã§ãèšé²ããæŸéçªçµãªã©ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºããå šåºéã®å šæéé·ã«å¿ããŠãããããããäœçš®é¡ãã®èŠçŽæéã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãçæããŠããããã«ããããšãã§ããã   When the user performs digest playback, for example, if the recorded broadcast program is one hour, whether the user wants to summarize and play it back in 30 minutes or 20 minutes or so, the user desires Since the digest playback time is not known, playlist data corresponding to several types of summary times is generated in advance according to the total time length of all sections extracted from the characteristics of image and sound data such as recorded broadcast programs. It can also be done.
å ·äœçã«ã¯ãæŸéçªçµã®èšé²æéãïŒæéã§ãã£ãããïŒïŒåãïŒïŒåãïŒïŒåã®ãã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçãè¡ããšãã«çšãããããããããã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãçæãããããã®ããã«ãè€æ°çš®é¡ã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãçæãããããã«ããããšã«ããããªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒïŒãªã¢ãŒãã³ã³ãããŒã©ïŒïŒïŒãªã©ã«å¯ŸãããŠãŒã¶å ¥åã«ããæéãéžæãããå Žåã«ãããã«ããã®éžæãããæéã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçåäœãè¡ãããšãå¯èœã«ãªãã   Specifically, if the recording time of a broadcast program is 1 hour, each playlist data used when performing digest playback for 40 minutes, 30 minutes, and 20 minutes is generated. As described above, by generating a plurality of types of playlist data, when a time is selected by a user input to the remote control 62 (remote controller 62) or the like, the selected time can be immediately handled. The digest playback operation can be performed.
èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãæ€åºãããæ€åºãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®åçãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããè¡ããããåçããŒã¿åé¢åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããããŒã¿ãããç»åããŒã¿ãšé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåé¢ããåŠçãè¡ãããããã®åŸã®åŠçã¯ãäžè¿°ãããããªãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåãšåæ§ã§ããããã®è©³çŽ°ãªèª¬æã¯çç¥ããã
  When reproducing the image / audio data recorded on the recording medium B, the recording medium B is detected by the recording
ïŒïŒïŒä»ã®å
šäœæ§æäŸ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åçè£
眮ã®ä»ã®æ§æäŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒãšåãéšåã«ã¯åã笊å·ãä»ããŠãããéè€ãã説æã«ã€ããŠã¯é©å®çç¥ããã
(8) Other Overall Configuration Example FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing another configuration example of the recording / reproducing apparatus. The same parts as those in FIG. 16 are denoted by the same reference numerals. The overlapping description will be omitted as appropriate.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åŽæ§æ
å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã¯ãããŒã¿èšé²æã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºåŠçãããã³ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããœãããŠã§ã¢çã«è¡ãããç¹ãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ãšç°ãªãã
(8.1) Recording-side Configuration The recording / playback apparatus shown in FIG. 19 is characterized in that the feature data extraction processing at the time of data recording and the playlist data and chapter data generation processing are performed by the
ãŸãããã®å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã§ã¯ãã€ã³ã¿ãŒããããªã©ãããªããããã¯ãŒã¯ç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠããŠã³ããŒãããããœãããŠã§ã¢ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå®è¡ãããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçãé©å®è¡ãããã
  19, the software downloaded via the network system 72 such as the Internet is executed by the
ãœãããŠã§ã¢ãããŠã³ããŒãããããšãã§ããããã«ããããšã«ãããäŸãã°ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçãå®çŸããæ©èœãæèŒãããŠããªãè£ çœ®ãã¯ããã«ãã£ãå Žåã«ãæéããããŠãåŸããããã®ãããªæ©èœãè¿œå ããããšãã§ãããšããå©ç¹ããããããã«ãããèšèšã補é ã®åŽã§ã¯ã補é 販売ãªã©ã®æéçãªåé¡ãããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçãå®çŸããæ©èœãæèŒãããããšãéã«åããªãå Žåãªã©ã«ã¯ããã®ãããªæ©èœãæèŒããªãç°¡åãªæ§æã®ã·ã¹ãã ïŒèšé²åçè£ çœ®ïŒãæäŸããåŸã§ããããã®æ©èœãè¿œå ããŠãŠãŒã¶ã«æäŸããããšãã§ããã   By allowing the software to be downloaded, for example, when there is a device that is not equipped with a function that implements feature extraction processing, playlist data, chapter data generation processing, There is an advantage that such a function can be added later. As a result, on the design and manufacturing side, due to time issues such as manufacturing and sales, when it is not possible to install the function for generating the feature extraction processing, playlist data, chapter data generation processing, etc. After providing a system (recording / reproducing apparatus) with a simple configuration that does not include such functions, those functions can be added and provided to the user.
äžæ¹ããŠãŒã¶åŽã§ã¯ããã®ãããªæ©èœãæèŒããªãç°¡åãªæ§æã®ã·ã¹ãã ãè³Œå ¥ããåŸã§ããœãããŠã§ã¢çãªåŠçã§æ©èœãè¿œå ããããšãã§ããããŸããååŠçç³»ãä¿®æ£ãæ¹è¯ããå Žåãªã©ã«ãããœãããŠã§ã¢ãããŠã³ããŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠïŒã¢ããã°ã¬ãŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠïŒãããã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããšãã§ããã   On the other hand, on the user side, after purchasing a system with a simple configuration that does not include such a function, the function can be added by software processing. In addition, when modifying or improving each processing system, it is possible to cope with it by downloading (upgrading) software.
ãã®ãããªãœãããŠã§ã¢ã®ããŠã³ããŒããè¡ãå ŽåããŠãŒã¶ã¯ããªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒãªã©ãæäœããŠã€ã³ã¿ãŒãããäžã®ãµã€ãã«ãããã¯ãŒã¯ç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠæ¥ç¶ãããããè¡ããããŠã³ããŒãããããœãããŠã§ã¢ã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã解ååŠçãããããšã«ãã£ãŠååŸããããããã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ãããããšã«ããæ©èœã®è¿œå ãå®çŸãããã
  When downloading such software, the user operates the
ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãæ§æããæå®ã®æ§èœãåãããã€ã¯ãããã»ããµïŒMPUããŸãã¯CPUïŒãçšããããã«ãœãããŠã§ã¢ãå®è¡ãããããšã§ãäžè¿°ãããããªæå®ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãªã©ããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²åŠçãšåæã«è¡ãããããã«ããããšãã§ããããŸããã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒãšããŠããã®ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãæ§æãããå
èµã®ããŒã¿èšæ¶ã¡ã¢ãªãçšããããããã«ããŠãããã
  By using a microprocessor (MPU or CPU) having a predetermined performance constituting the
ãªããèšé²åŠçãšããŠæå®ã®æ¹åŒã®åž¯åå§çž®ãè¡ãå Žåãæå®ã®æ§èœãåããMPUãCPUããŸãã¯DSP(Digital Signal Processor)ã«ãããããè¡ãããããšãèãããããã®åž¯åå§çž®åŠçãè¡ããã®ãšåãMPUãCPUããŸãã¯DSPã«ãããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçãªã©ãè¡ãããããã«ããŠãããã   In addition, when performing band compression of a predetermined method as recording processing, it may be possible to cause it to be performed by an MPU, CPU, or DSP (Digital Signal Processor) having predetermined performance, and this band compression processing is performed. Feature extraction processing, playlist data, chapter data generation processing, and the like may be performed by the same MPU, CPU, or DSP.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåçåŽæ§æ
äžè¿°ãããå³ïŒïŒã®å Žåãšåæ§ã§ãããããåçåŽã®æ§æã«ããè¡ãããåŠçã®è©³çŽ°ã«ã€ããŠã¯çç¥ãããå³ïŒïŒã®æ§æäŸãšç°ãªãã®ã¯ãåçã¢ãŒãæã«ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããšãã§ãããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãå¿
èŠãããå Žåã«ããã®äžé£ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãœãããŠã§ã¢çã«è¡ãããšã§ããã
(8.2) Reproduction-side configuration Since it is the same as the case of FIG. 16 described above, the details of the processing performed by the reproduction-side configuration are omitted. Unlike the configuration example of FIG. 16, when feature data cannot be detected in the playback mode and it is necessary to perform feature extraction processing, the series of feature extraction processing is performed by software in the
äŸãã°ãèšé²æã®åŠçãšåæ§ã«ãåçæã®åŠçãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãæ§æããMPUãCPUãªã©ã«ãœãããŠã§ã¢çã«è¡ãããããšã«ãããåçæã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçããåçåŠçãšåæã«è¡ãããããšãã§ããã
  For example, similar to the processing at the time of recording, the processing at the time of playback is also performed by software in the MPU, CPU, etc. constituting the
ïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
次ã«ãé³å£°ç³»ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãããã³ç»åç³»ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã®è©³çŽ°ã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒé³å£°ç³»ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¡é³ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãé³å£°ç³»ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºãè¡ãæ§æã®äŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã
(9) Feature Extraction Processing Next, details of the voice system feature extraction processing and the image system feature extraction processing will be described.
(9.1) Speech Feature Extraction Processing (9.1.1) Silence Feature Extraction Processing FIG. 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration for performing speech feature extraction.
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãMPEGæ¹åŒã§å§çž®ãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿ïŒãã¹ããªãŒã åé¢ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã¹ããªãŒã åé¢ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããåé¢ãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯é³å£°ããŒã¿ãã³ãŒãç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããŠãæå®ã®ãã³ãŒãåŠçãè¡ãããã
  In FIG. 20, the audio / video data (stream data) compressed by the MPEG method is input to the
ãã³ãŒããããé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒé³å£°ä¿¡å·ïŒã¯ã¬ãã«åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒãããŒã¿ã«ãŠã³ã¿ç³»ïŒïŒïŒãããŒã¿ãããã¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«åã
å
¥åããããã¬ãã«åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§ã¯ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®æå®åºéã®å¹³åãã¯ãŒïŒãŸãã¯å¹³åã¬ãã«ïŒïŒ°avãæŒç®ãããããããŒã¿ã®çµ¶å¯Ÿå€ååŠçãè¡ãããããŒã¿ã«ãŠã³ã¿ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§ãæå®ã®ãµã³ãã«æ°ã®ããŒã¿ãèšæž¬ããããŸã§ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ç©ç®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§ç©ç®åŠçãè¡ãããã
The decoded audio data (audio signal) is input to the level processing system 102, the
ããã§ãavã¯ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å€ïŒã¬ãã«ïŒãïœïŒïœïŒïŒïœã¯å¹³åãæ±ããåºéã®äœçœ®ãè¡šãïŒãšããŠäžåŒïŒïŒïŒã«ããæ±ããããã Here, P av is obtained by the following equation (1) with the value (level) of the audio data as Ad (n) (n represents the position of the section for which the average is obtained).
å¹³åã¬ãã«ãæŒç®ããæå®åºéãšããŠãäŸãã°ãçŽïŒïŒïŒïŒsecïŒïŒïŒïœsecïŒãïŒsecãèãããããµã³ããªã³ã°åšæ³¢æ°ïŒŠsãsïŒïŒïŒïŒ«ïŒšïœãšãããšãïŒïŒïŒãïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãµã³ãã«ã®ç©ç®æŒç®ãè¡ããããµã³ãã«æ°ïŒ³mã§å¹³ååŠçãè¡ãããŠå¹³åã¬ãã«ïŒå¹³åãã¯ãŒïŒïŒ°avãæ±ããããã As the predetermined interval for calculating the average level, for example, about 0.01 sec (10 msec) to 1 sec is conceivable. When the sampling frequency F s is set to F s = 48 KHz, integration calculation of 480 to 48000 samples is performed, and the number of samples S An average process is performed at m , and an average level (average power) P av is obtained.
é³å£°ããŒã¿ç©ç®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒããåºåãããå¹³åã¬ãã«ïŒ°avã¯ãå€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããããå€èšå®ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããèšå®ããããããå€ïŒ¡ïœïœãšæ¯èŒåŠçãããŠããã®å¹³åã¬ãã«ïŒ°avãæ±ããããåºéããç¡é³åºéã§ãããåŠãã®å€å®åŠçãè¡ãããã
The average level P av output from the sound data
ããã§ããããå€èšå®ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããããå€ïŒ¡ïœïœã®èšå®ã«ãããŠãïœïœã¯åºå®å€ïŒ¡ïœïœïŒãšããŠèšå®ããããšãèããããããåºå®å€ïŒ¡ïœïœïŒã®ä»ã«ãé³å£°åºéã®å¹³åã¬ãã«ã«å¿ãããå€åãããå€ïŒ¡ïœïœïœãèšå®ããããšãèããããã
  Here, in setting the threshold value Ath by the threshold
å€åãããå€ïŒ¡ïœïœïœãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãåŠçãèããŠããåºéãïœãšããããããåã®åºé(n-ïœ)ã®å¹³åã¬ãã«ïŒ°av(n-ïœ)ãèããäžåŒïŒïŒïŒã«ããè¡šãããå€ãçšããããšãèããããã As the fluctuation threshold value Athm, for example, an interval in which processing is considered is n, and an average level P av (nâk) in an interval (nâk) before that is considered, and expressed by the following equation (2). It is conceivable to use a value to be determined.
äŸãã°ãïœïŒïŒãšãããšãå€åãããå€ïŒ¡ïœïœïœã¯äžåŒïŒïŒïŒã§è¡šããã   For example, when t = 2, the fluctuation threshold value Athm is expressed by the following equation (3):
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒãã®ä»ã®é³å£°ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠç
ããŒã¿ãããã¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èç©ãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯åšæ³¢æ°è§£æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããåšæ³¢æ°è§£æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®åšæ³¢æ°è§£æåŠçãè¡ãããã
(9.1.2) Other Audio Feature Extraction Processing The audio data accumulated in the
ããã§ãåšæ³¢æ°è§£æåŠçãšããŠFFTïŒé«éããŒãªãšå€æïŒãªã©ãèããããããŒã¿ãããã¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒããã®ããŒã¿ã®è§£æãµã³ãã«ããŒã¿æ°ã¯ãäŸãã°ãïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããã®ä»ããªã©ïŒã®ã¹ãä¹ã®æå®ã®ãµã³ãã«æ°ãšãããã
  Here, FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) or the like can be considered as the frequency analysis processing, and the number of analysis sample data of the data from the
åšæ³¢æ°è§£æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãã解æçµæãè¡šãããŒã¿ã¯å€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããå€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®å€å®åŠçãè¡ãããã
  Data representing an analysis result by the frequency
å€å¥å¯Ÿè±¡ãšããŠããåºéãé³æ¥œïŒæ¥œé³ïŒã®åºéã§ãããåŠãã¯ãäŸãã°ãæå®ã®åšæ³¢æ°åž¯åã®ã¹ãã¯ãã«ããŒã¯ã®ç¶ç¶æ§ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å¥ããããšãã§ããããã®å€å¥ã«ã€ããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãç¹éïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå·å ¬å ±ã«é瀺ãããŠããã   Whether or not the section to be determined is a music (musical sound) section can be determined based on, for example, the continuity of a spectrum peak in a predetermined frequency band. This determination is disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-116784.
å€å¥å¯Ÿè±¡ãšããŠããåºéã話è é³å£°ã®åºéã§ãããåŠãã¯ã人ã®äŒè©±é³å£°æ³¢åœ¢ã«ã¯æ¯ç¶ãã®åºéãããã®ã§ã波圢ã«æ¥å³»ãªå¯ŸäžããããŸãã¯ç«äžãåºéãèŠããããã®ç«ã¡äžããããŸãã¯ç«äžãåºéãæ€åºããããšã§å€å¥ããããšãã§ããããã®å Žåãé³æ¥œä¿¡å·æ³¢åœ¢ã«ã¯ã話è é³å£°ã®ä¿¡å·æ³¢åœ¢ã«æ¯ã¹ãŠãäžè¬çã«ã波圢ã®ç«ã¡äžããããŸãã¯ç«äžãåºéãçŸãã確çã¯å°ãããšèããããã®ã§ããã®æ¥œé³æ³¢åœ¢ã®ç¹æ§ïŒç¹åŸŽïŒãèæ ®ããŠãç·åçã«ãé³å£°ä¿¡å·ã®å±æ§å€å®ãè¡ãããããã«ããŠãããã   Whether or not the section to be discriminated is a speaker voice section, because there is a breathing section in the human speech voice waveform, a sharp rising or falling section is seen in the waveform, its rising, Alternatively, it can be determined by detecting a falling section. In this case, the music signal waveform is generally considered to have a lower probability of appearance of the rising or falling edge of the waveform than the signal waveform of the speaker voice. In consideration, the attribute determination of the audio signal may be performed comprehensively.
ãŸãã話è é³å£°ä¿¡å·ã®æ³¢åœ¢ç¹åŸŽïŒæ³¢åœ¢ç¹æ§ïŒãé³æ¥œä¿¡å·ã®æ³¢åœ¢ç¹åŸŽã®çžéããé³å£°ä¿¡å·ã®å±æ§å€å®ãè¡ãå Žåã波圢ã«ãããæéçãªç©çç¹æ§ãæ€åºããããšã«ãªãã®ã§ãäžè¿°ãããããªåšæ³¢æ°è§£æãè¡ã£ãŠãããå€å®åŠçãè¡ãæ¹æ³ïŒåšæ³¢æ°é åã§ã®ä¿¡å·è§£æãå€å®åŠçïŒã®ä»ã«ãããŒã¹ãã³ãé åã§å€å®åŠçãè¡ãæ¹æ³ïŒæéé åã§ã®ä¿¡å·è§£æãå€å®åŠçïŒãèããããã   Further, when the attribute determination of the voice signal is performed based on the difference between the waveform characteristics (waveform characteristics) of the speaker voice signal and the waveform characteristics of the music signal, the temporal physical characteristics in the waveform are detected. In addition to a method of performing a determination process after performing a frequency analysis (signal analysis and determination process in the frequency domain), a method of performing a determination process in the baseband domain (signal analysis and determination process in the time domain) is also conceivable. .
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãé³å£°ä¿¡å·ïŒé³å£°ããŒã¿ïŒã«ãã³ãŒãåŠçãæœãããšãªããå§çž®ããããŸãŸã§ãä¿¡å·ã®å±æ§è§£æãè¡ãå Žåã®æ§æäŸã瀺ãå³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒãšåãéšåã«ã¯åã笊å·ãä»ããŠããã   FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example in the case of performing attribute analysis of a signal while the audio signal (audio data) is compressed without being subjected to decoding processing. The same parts as those in FIG. 20 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
MPEGæ¹åŒã§å§çž®ãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãã¹ããªãŒã åé¢ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããã¹ããªãŒã åé¢ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããç»åããŒã¿ãšé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«åé¢ããããåé¢ãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã¯ã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿è§£æç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããæå®ã®ãµã³ããªã³ã°åšæ³¢æ°ãéååãããæ°ã§ã®ä¿¡å·è§£æåŠçãè¡ãããåŸãããé³å£°ããŒã¿ããµããã³ã解æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  Video / audio data compressed by the MPEG method is input to the
ãµããã³ã解æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãµããã³ã解æåŠçãè¡ãããæå®ã®ãµããã³ã垯åã®ããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠäžåŒïŒïŒïŒä¹è³ïŒïŒïŒã§è¡šããããã®ãšåæ§ã®æå®ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In the subband
ããªãã¡ããµããã³ã解æåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããµããã³ã解æåŠçã®çµæã¯ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ç©ç®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããããŒã¿ã«ãŠã³ã¿ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§æå®ã®ãµã³ããªã³ã°æ°ã®ããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããŸã§ãæå®ã®ç©ç®åŠçãé³å£°ããŒã¿ç©ç®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããè¡ãããããŸãããã®åŸããããå€èšå®ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããèšå®ãããæå®ã®ãããå€ã«åºã¥ããŠãããŸã®å€å¥å¯Ÿè±¡ãšããŠããåºéãç¡é³åºéã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããåŠçãå€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããè¡ãããã
  That is, the result of the subband analysis processing by the subband
ããã§ã®ç¡é³å€å®åŠçã§ã¯ãé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ã¹ãã¯ãã«ãèæ ®ããŠãšãã«ã®ãŒãå€ãéãŸã£ãŠãã垯åã§ãããããããïŒïŒ«ïŒšïœä»¥äžã®ãµããã³ã垯åã®ããŒã¿ãçšããããšãèããããã   In the silence determination processing here, it is conceivable to use data in a subband band of approximately 3 KHz or less, which is a band in which a large amount of energy is collected in consideration of the spectrum of the audio data.
ãŸããåšæ³¢æ°è§£æã«ãã楜é³ã話è
é³å£°ã®å€å®åŠçãè¡ãããšã«ã€ããŠè¿°ã¹ãããå³ïŒïŒã®æ§æã«ããã°ããµããã³ã解æç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããåšæ³¢æ°è§£æãè¡ããããã®ãšèããããã®ã§ãäžè¿°ãããããªæå®ã¹ãã¯ãã«ããŒã¯ã®ç¶ç¶æ§å€å®åŠçã«ããå±æ§å€å®ãè¡ãããããã«ããŠãããããã®å Žåãã¹ãã¯ãã«ããŒã¯ã¯ãåãµããã³ã垯åã®äžã®æ倧ããŒã¿åž¯åãšèããããšãã§ããFFT解æåŠçã®å Žåãšåæ§ã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãããšãã§ãããã®ãšèããããã
  In addition, although it has been described that the determination processing of the musical sound and the speaker voice is performed by frequency analysis, according to the configuration of FIG. 21, it is considered that the frequency analysis is performed by the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç»åç³»ç¹åŸŽåŠç
次ã«ãç»åç³»ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããå³ïŒïŒã¯ãç»åç³»ã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºãè¡ãæ§æã®äŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã
(9.2) Image System Feature Processing Next, image system feature extraction processing will be described. FIG. 22 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration for performing feature extraction of an image system.
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãäŸãã°ãã¹ããªãŒã åé¢ç³»ïŒå³ç€ºããïŒã§æå®ã®åé¢åŠçãè¡ãããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããç»åããŒã¿ã¯ãã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿è§£æç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã¬ãŒãæ€åºãç»çŽ æ°æ€åºãªã©ã®æå®ã®ããŒã¿è§£æãè¡ããããã®è§£æçµæãDCTä¿æ°åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«åºåãããã
  In FIG. 22, for example, image data obtained by performing a predetermined separation process in a stream separation system (not shown) is input to the stream
DCTä¿æ°åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãDCTã®DCä¿æ°æ€åºãACä¿æ°æ€åºãªã©ã®æå®ã®DCTæŒç®åŠçïŒéDCTæŒç®åŠçïŒãè¡ããããã®åŠççµæã«åºã¥ããŠãåŸæ®µã®ååŠçç³»ã«ããç»åç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããã
  In the DCT
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžç¹åŸŽ
ã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžæ€åºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§ã¯ãäŸãã°ãïŒãã¬ãŒã ã®ç»åãæå®ã®æ°ã®é åã«åå²ããããã®é åæ¯ã«ãDCTã®DCä¿æ°ããŒã¿ã®ïŒ¹ïŒèŒåºŠããŒã¿ïŒïŒïŒ£ïœïŒïŒ£ïœïŒè²å·®ããŒã¿ïŒã®å¹³åå€ãæŒç®ãããããŸãããã®æŒç®ãããå¹³åå€ã«åºã¥ããŠããã¬ãŒã éå·®åæŒç®ããŸãã¯ãã£ãŒã«ãéå·®åæŒç®ãè¡ãããæå®ãããå€ãšæ¯èŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžã®æ€åºãè¡ãããã
(9.2.1) Scene Change Feature In the scene change
ã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžããªãå Žåã¯åé åã®ãã¬ãŒã éïŒãŸãã¯ãã£ãŒã«ãïŒå·®åããŒã¿ã¯æå®ã®ãããå€ããå°ãããã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžãããå Žåã¯ãã®ãããå€ããå·®åããŒã¿ã倧ãããªãããšãããããã«åºã¥ããŠã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžãæ€åºããããšãã§ããã   When there is no scene change, the difference data between frames (or fields) in each area is smaller than a predetermined threshold value, and when there is a scene change, the difference data becomes larger than the threshold value. Can be detected.
ããã§ãïŒãã¬ãŒã ã®åå²æ°ã¯ãäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ïŒïŒåå²ãšããããšãã§ããããã¬ãŒã ã®é ååå²ã®æ¹æ³ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããã®ã«éãããåå²æ°ãå€ãããããšãå°ãªãããããšãèããããããå°ãªããããšã·ãŒã³ãã§ã³ãžã®æ€åºç²ŸåºŠãéæã«ãªããå€ããããšç²ŸåºŠãéããªããããããšãèããããã®ã§ããããïŒãïŒïŒïŒãããã®ç¯å²ã§ãé©åœãªåå²æ°ãèšå®ããããšãèããããã   Here, the division number of one frame can be set to 36 divisions as shown in FIG. 23, for example. The method for dividing the frame area is not limited to that shown in FIG. 23, and it is conceivable to increase or decrease the number of divisions. However, if the number is too small, the accuracy of scene change detection becomes insensitive. Since it may be too sharp, it is conceivable to set an appropriate number of divisions in the range of about 4 to 400.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒè²ç¹åŸŽ
DCTã®DCä¿æ°ã®æå®é åã«ãããïŒïŒ£ïœïŒïŒ£ïœããŒã¿ã®å¹³åå€ãããè²ç¹åŸŽæ€åºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠè²ç¹åŸŽãæ€åºããããšãã§ãããæå®é åãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªé åãèããããšãã§ããã
(9.2.2) Color characteristics
The color feature can be detected by the color feature
äŸãã°ãæŸéçªçµã®ãžã£ã³ã«ããçžæ²ãã§ããå Žåãå³ïŒïŒã®é åããè¶è²ãå«ãŸããé åãæ€åºããããšãã§ããå Žåããã®ã·ãŒã³ã¯ãå俵ã®ã·ãŒã³ãã®ç¢ºçãé«ããšæ³å®ã§ããã   For example, when the genre of the broadcast program is âsumoâ, if a region including brown can be detected from the region of FIG. 24, it can be assumed that the scene has a high probability of âsoil sceneâ.
ãã®ãããªè²ç¹åŸŽãšãäŸãã°ãé³å£°ã®æ声ç¹åŸŽãšãçµã¿åããããšããå俵ã®ã·ãŒã³ãïŒãæ声ã®ã·ãŒã³ããããããŸæ³šç®ããŠããã·ãŒã³ãããåçµã¿ãéå§ããã·ãŒã³ãã®ç¢ºçãé«ããšæ³å®ã§ããã®ã§ããã®ãããªã·ãŒã³åºéããããŒãã¬ãŒã åºéãšèšå®ãããã   When such a color feature is combined with, for example, a cheering feature of voice, the scene that is currently focused on from the âsoil sceneâ + âcheers sceneâ has a high probability of âthe scene where the effort startsâ Therefore, such a scene section is set as a key frame section.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒé¡äŒŒã·ãŒã³ç¹åŸŽ
ããã¯ãé¡äŒŒããŠããç»åïŒã·ãŒã³ïŒãæ€åºããé¡äŒŒããã·ãŒã³ã«åãIDãå²ãæ¯ãïŒä»äžããããŸãã¯ä»å ããïŒé¡äŒŒç»åæ€åºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããåŠçã§ããããã®è©³çŽ°ã¯ãäŸãã°ãç¹éïŒïŒïŒïŒâïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå·å
¬å ±ã«é瀺ãããŠããã
(9.2.3) Similar Scene Features This is a process by the similar image
ãã®åŠçã«ãããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãïŒãã¬ãŒã ãè€æ°ã®é åïŒäŸãã°ãïŒïŒã®é åïŒã«åå²ããããã®åå²ãããåé åã®DCTã®å¹³åDCä¿æ°ãæ±ããããããŸãããã®æ±ããããå¹³åDCä¿æ°ããã¯ãã«æåãšããŠãåã·ãŒã³éã®ãã¯ãã«è·é¢ããæå®ã®ãããå€ããå°ããå Žåããããã®ã·ãŒã³ã¯é¡äŒŒããã·ãŒã³ãšããŠå€å®ãããé¡äŒŒã·ãŒã³ãšããŠå€å®ãããã·ãŒã³ã«åãIDãå²ãåœãŠãããã   In this process, for example, one frame is divided into a plurality of areas (for example, 25 areas), and an average DC coefficient of DCT of each divided area is obtained. Further, when the obtained average DC coefficient is a vector component and the vector distance between scenes is smaller than a predetermined threshold, those scenes are determined as similar scenes, and the scenes determined as similar scenes are determined. The same ID is assigned.
å²ãåœãŠãããIDã®åæå€ã¯äŸãã°ïŒãšãããäžè¿°ããæå®ã®ãããå€ãããã¯ãã«è·é¢ãå°ããã·ãŒã³ãæ€åºãããªãå Žåã¯ãIDã®æ倧å€ã«ïŒãå ç®ãããã®ãæ°ããªIDãšããããã®ã·ãŒã³ã«å²ãåœãŠãããã   The initial value of the assigned ID is, for example, 1. If a scene with a vector distance smaller than the above-mentioned predetermined threshold is not detected, a new ID is obtained by adding 1 to the maximum value of the ID. Assigned to.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒããããç¹åŸŽ
ããããæ€åºå€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªåé åã«ãããDCTã®ACä¿æ°ã®å¹³åå€ãæ±ãããããæå®ã®å€§ãã以äžã®æåæ
å ±ãå«ãããããã¯ãæ¯èŒçã茪éãã¯ã£ããããŠãããå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãäœããã®é åã«ãããããçŸããå Žåã«ã¯ãæå®ã®ãããå€ä»¥äžã®ACä¿æ°ãæ€åºããããšãã§ããããã«ãããããããã®æ€åºãè¡ãããã
(9.2.4) Telop Feature In the telop detection
ãã®ããã«ãDCTã®ACä¿æ°ãæ€åºããæ¹æ³ã®ä»ã«ãããŒã¹ãã³ãé åïŒæéé åã®ä¿¡å·ïŒã§ãšããžãæ€åºããæ¹æ³ãèããããäŸãã°ãç»åã®èŒåºŠããŒã¿ã®ãã¬ãŒã éå·®åã«ãããšããžãæ€åºããããšãèããããããŸãããŠã§ãŒãã¬ããå€æã«ãããå€é解å床解æãè¡ããæå®ã®é«åšæ³¢æåããŒã¿ãå«ãæå®ã®å€é解æ床é åã«ãããããŒã¿ãçšããŠãé åã®å¹³åå€ãæŒç®ããããã«ããŠãäžèšACä¿æ°ãçšããå Žåãšåæ§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããšãèããããã   As described above, in addition to the method of detecting the AC coefficient of DCT, a method of detecting an edge in the baseband domain (time domain signal) is also conceivable. For example, an edge is detected based on a difference between frames of luminance data of an image. It is also possible. Similarly to the case where the AC coefficient is used by performing multi-resolution analysis by wavelet transform and calculating the average value of the area using data in a predetermined multi-resolution area including predetermined high-frequency component data. It is also possible to perform the process.
ãã®ä»ãå³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãç¹å®è²å€å®åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããç¹å®è²ïŒäŸãã°èè²ïŒã®æ€åºãè¡ãããé¡ãæ€åºãããããšã«ããã人ç©ã®æ€åºãè¡ãããšãèããããã
  In addition, in FIG. 22, a specific color (for example, skin color) is detected by the specific color
以äžã®ããã«ããŠå³ïŒïŒä¹è³å³ïŒïŒã®åç³»ã«ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯å€éšïŒäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã®ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ã®çæã«çšããããã
  The feature data obtained by each system of FIGS. 20 to 22 as described above is supplied to the outside (for example, the playlist data (chapter data)
ïŒïŒïŒïŒå€§å®¹éèšé²åªäœãšä»ã®èšé²åªäœã䜵çšå¯èœãªå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ãã®å®æœäŸã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãèšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠãã倧容éèšé²åªäœãã«çžåœããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããããä»ã®èšé²åªäœãã«çžåœããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãžã®ããŒã¿ã®ã³ããŒèšé²åŠçãç·šéèšé²åŠçãªã©ã®åäœã¢ãŒãã«çžåœããã
(10) Embodiment in which Large Capacity Recording Medium and Other Recording Medium Can Be Used Together This embodiment is an example of recording medium A corresponding to âlarge capacity recording mediumâ in the recording / reproducing apparatus shown in FIG. This corresponds to an operation mode such as a copy recording process of data to the recording medium B corresponding to âanother recording mediumâ or an edit recording process.
ããã§ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãäŸãã°ãäžè¿°ããããã«ãè€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²å ãšãªãè€æ°ã®èšé²å±€ãåãããã®ã§ãããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«å¯ŸããŠçè±å¯èœãªå ãã£ã¹ã¯ã§ããããã®ããã«ãHDDïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ïŒãªã©ã®ãèšé²å®¹éã®å€§ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«å¯ŸããŠçè±å¯èœãªãHDDãããèšé²å®¹éã®å°ããå ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒãŸãã¯èšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¿ããæå®ã®èšé²å±€ã«ãã®ãŸãŸã³ããŒããããïŒã³ããŒèšé²åŠçïŒãç·šéãããã®ãèšé²ããããããïŒç·šéèšé²åŠçïŒããšããŠãŒã¶ã®äœ¿çšæ¹æ³ãšããŠèããããã   Here, for example, as described above, the recording medium B corresponds to a plurality of recording methods, and includes a plurality of recording layers serving as recording destinations of data of the respective recording methods. It is a removable optical disk. As described above, an optical disc (recording medium) having a recording capacity smaller than that of the HDD, which is detachable from the recording / reproducing apparatus, such as video / audio data recorded on a recording medium having a large recording capacity, such as an HDD (recording medium A) It is conceivable as a usage method of the user that the data is directly copied to a predetermined recording layer corresponding to the recording method or recording rate of B) (copy recording process) or the edited one is recorded (edit recording process).
ãã®ãããªã³ããŒèšé²åŠçãç·šéèšé²åŠçãªã©ã¯ãäŸãã°ãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®åäœã¢ãŒãã«åºã¥ããŠèªåçã«ããŸãã¯ããŠãŒã¶ã®æåæäœã«å¿ããŠè¡ãããã   Such copy recording processing, editing recording processing, and the like are performed automatically based on, for example, the operation mode of the recording / reproducing apparatus or in response to a manual operation by the user.
ããã§ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ïŒæ¹åŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãããã³ããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ïŒãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ããã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒãèšé²ãããŠãããã®ãšããã   Here, the recording medium A in FIG. 16 or FIG. 19 includes two types of video / audio data of a recording method 1 (normal DVD method) and a recording method 2 (BD or HD-DVD method), and the image / audio data. It is assumed that the obtained characteristic data and special reproduction data (playlist data, chapter data) are recorded.
以äžãã³ããŒèšé²åŠçïŒã³ããŒåäœã¢ãŒãïŒã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããäŸãã°ããŠãŒã¶ã®æäœã«åŸã£ãŠèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®ã¢ãŒããã³ããŒåäœã¢ãŒãã«ãªã£ããšããã¯ããã«ãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«è£ çãããŠãããããŒã¿ã®ã³ããŒå ãšãªãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²å¯èœãªèšé²æ¹åŒã®å€å®ãè¡ãããã   The copy recording process (copy operation mode) will be described below. For example, when the mode of the recording / reproducing apparatus is changed to the copy operation mode in accordance with the user's operation, first, the recording method that can be recorded on the recording medium B, which is a data copy destination, mounted in the recording / reproducing apparatus is determined. Is called.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²å¯èœãªèšé²æ¹åŒã®å€å®æ¹æ³
èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«å¯ŸããããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¯å³ïŒã«ç€ºããããªä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã«ãã£ãŠè¡ãããããŸããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ã®åçã¯å³ïŒã«ç€ºããããªä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã«ãã£ãŠè¡ããããããªãã¡ãå³ïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããèšé²åŽã®ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããå³ïŒã®ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããåçåŽã®ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããã
(10.1) Determination Method of Recordable Recording Method In the recording / reproducing apparatus, data recording on the recording medium B in the
èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãã©ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ãããã®ç¢ºèªã¯ãäŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ãã¹ãçšããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®å¯Ÿå¿ããå±€ã«ããããèšé²ãããã®åŸãåçã¢ãŒãã§ãçŽåã«èšé²ããããã¹ãçšããŒã¿ãæ£åžžã«åçããããšãã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããããšã«ããè¡ãããã
  Confirmation of which recording method the recording medium B is compatible with is, for example, recording test data for the
ãŸãããã®ãšãè¡ãããããã¹ãçšããŒã¿ãæ£åžžã«åçããããšãã§ãããåŠãã®å€å®ã¯ããšã©ãŒã¬ãŒããæ€åºãããããšã«ãã£ãŠããŸãã¯ãåçä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ãšããŠèšãããããå³ç€ºãã¬èª€ãèšæ£ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ã«ããECCãã©ã°ïŒ(Error-Correcting Code)ãã©ã°ïŒãªã©ãæ€åºãããããšã«ãã£ãŠèªåçã«è¡ããããå
·äœçã«ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®åçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ECCãã©ã°ä¿¡å·ãå
¥åãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®æéå
ã«èšæž¬ããããã©ã°æ°ããæå®ã®ãããå€ãšæ¯èŒãããããšã«ãã£ãŠèªåçã«å€å®ãããã
  Further, whether or not the test data can be normally reproduced is determined at this time by detecting an error rate or by providing an error correction signal (not shown) provided as a reproduction signal processing system. This is automatically performed when an ECC flag ((Error-Correcting Code) flag) or the like is detected by the processing system. Specifically, an ECC flag signal is input from the
èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«ç©ççãªèå¥IDãèšå®ãããŠããå Žåããã®èå¥IDãæ€åºãããèå¥IDã«åºã¥ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ããã©ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã§ããã®ãã確èªãããããã«ããŠãããããã®å Žåãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ã¯ãäŸãã°ãèå¥IDãšãèšé²æ¹åŒã®å¯Ÿå¿ããŒãã«ãçšæãããã   When a physical identification ID is set for the recording medium B, the identification ID is detected, and based on the identification ID, it is confirmed which recording method the recording medium B corresponds to. It may be. In this case, for example, an identification ID and a recording method correspondence table are prepared in the recording / reproducing apparatus.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹æ³
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ç¶æ³ãšãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ããããšãå¯èœãªèšé²æ¹åŒã®çµåãã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ãããããŒã¿ã®ã³ããŒèšé²åŠçãç·šéèšé²åŠçãªã©ã®èšé²åäœã¯ããã®å³ã®çµåãã«åŸã£ãŠè¡ãããã
(10.2) Recording Method FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of a combination of data recording status of the recording medium A and recording methods that can be recorded on the recording medium B. Recording operations such as data copy recording processing and editing recording processing are performed according to the combinations shown in FIG.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãããŸããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãã
  In FIG. 25 (1), data of
åæ§ã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãããŸããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãã
  Similarly, in FIG. 25 (4), only the
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãããŸããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã ãã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããå Žåã®çµåãã瀺ãã
  FIG. 25 (7) shows a combination in which only the
ãªãã以äžã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«ããŒã¿ãã³ããŒãããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããããéã®åŠçãããªãã¡ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ããŒã¿ãã³ããŒãããåŠçããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ãããŠã¯åæ§ã«ããŠè¡ãããããŸããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«èšãããããã¬ã€ã«çè±å¯èœãªãã£ã¹ã¯ç¶ã®èšé²åªäœã§ãããã®ãšããŠèª¬æããããããã«éãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ããæå®ã®ã±ãŒãã«ãªã©ãä»ããŠèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«æ¥ç¶ããããUSB(Universal Serial Bus)æ¥ç¶ã®èšé²åªäœãIEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers)1394æ¥ç¶ã®èšé²åªäœãªã©ã®å€éšèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåããå察ã«ããã®å€éšèšé²åªäœããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããå Žåãåæ§ã§ããã   In the above description, the process of copying data from the recording medium A to the recording medium B has been described. However, the reverse process, that is, the process of copying data from the recording medium B to the recording medium A is also performed in the recording / reproducing apparatus. The same is done. The recording medium B has been described as a disk-shaped recording medium that can be attached to and detached from a tray provided in the recording / reproducing apparatus. However, the recording medium B is not limited to this, and data recorded on the recording medium A can be used as a predetermined cable or the like. When recording to an external recording medium such as a USB (Universal Serial Bus) connected recording medium, IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 1394 connected recording medium connected to the recording / playback device via The same applies when data is recorded on the recording medium A from the external recording medium.
次ã«ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãåçµåãã®ç¶æ ã®ãšãã®åäœã«ã€ããŠè©³çŽ°ã«èª¬æããã   Next, the operation in the state of each combination shown in FIG. 25 will be described in detail.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
(10.2.1) When data of both
This is because the
äŸãã°ãäžè¿°ããããã«ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²å¯èœãªèšé²æ¹åŒãèªåçã«å€å®ãããåŸãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãšèŒã¹ãŠäŒéã¬ãŒããé«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  For example, as described above, after the recording method that can be recorded on the recording medium B is automatically determined, the video / audio data of the
åæ§ã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  Similarly, after the recording /
ãªãããã®ãããªèšé²ã®éãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã   During such recording, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are also read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. .
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (2):
This is because the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  The audio / video data of the
ãªãããã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã   Also in this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, etc. are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. However, for example, in the case of FIG. 25 (2), those data are recorded in only one recording method layer or in another predetermined recording area.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (3):
This is because the
èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãšèŒã¹ãŠäŒéã¬ãŒããé«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  The
ãªãããã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã
  In this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. For example, in the case of FIG. 25 (3), those data are recorded only in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
(10.2.2) When only
This is because the
ãã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããŠãäŒéã¬ãŒãã®é«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããªãããšãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«ã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãæœãããšã«ãã£ãŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçæããåŠçãè¡ããããããã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªMPEGæ¹åŒã«ããããMPïŒ MLããMPïŒ HLãžã®å€æåŠçãšèããããã
  In this case, since only the recording method 1 (normal DVD method) image / audio data is recorded on the recording medium A and there is no
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããã¡ã€ã«ãã¬ãã«ãç»ãµã€ãºæ¯ïŒã¢ã¹ãã¯ãæ¯ïŒãªã©ã®MPEGã®å±æ§ã¯ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿äžã«é
眮ãããæå®ã®ãããããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããšã§ç¢ºèªããããšãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠã¯ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãé³å£°ãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããŸãã¯ç»åãã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒïŒããã®ä¿¡å·ã«ãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãã£ãŠç¢ºèªãããã
  MPEG attributes such as the profile, level, and image size ratio (aspect ratio) shown in FIG. 26 can be confirmed by detecting predetermined bit data arranged in the image / audio data. In the recording / reproducing apparatus of FIG. 16 or FIG. 19, confirmation is made by the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããåçãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãè¡ããããã®ã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ããèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²å
ãšããŠè¡ãããã
  The image / audio data of the
ã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã¯ãåçä¿¡å·ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããã³ãŒãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§åãšã³ã³ãŒãããæ¹æ³ãèãããããã垯åå§çž®ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãããŒã¹ãã³ã垯åãŸã§ãã¹ãŠãã³ãŒãããªãã§ãæå®ã®äŒéã¬ãŒãå€æãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãç»ãµã€ãºå€æïŒïŒå¯ŸïŒããïŒïŒå¯ŸïŒãžã®å€æïŒããã®ä»ã®å€æåŠçãªã©ãä»ã®æ¹æ³ã§è¡ãããã«ããããšãèããããã
  For the up-conversion process, a method of decoding the
ãªããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåãªãããŒã¿ãšèããäŸãã°MPïŒ MLã®ãŸãŸã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ããå Žåã以äžã®ãããªã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãç»ãµã€ãºå€æåŠçãªã©ã¯è¡ãããèªã¿åºãããããŒã¿ãããã®ãŸãŸèšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  In addition, when the video / audio data of the
äžæ¹ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã«ã€ããŠã¯ããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  On the other hand, for recording of the image / audio data of the
ãã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã   Also in this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (5):
This is because the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  The audio / video data of the
ãªãããã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã   Also in this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, etc. are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. However, for example, in the case of FIG. 25 (5), those data are recorded only in one recording system layer or in another predetermined recording area.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (6):
This is because the
ãã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããŠãäŒéã¬ãŒãã®é«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããªãããšãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«ã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãæœãããšã«ãã£ãŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçæããåŠçãè¡ããããããªãã¡ãäžè¿°ããããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåããšåæ§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In this case, since only the recording method 1 (normal DVD method) image / audio data is recorded on the recording medium A and there is no
ãªãããã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã
  In this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. For example, in the case of FIG. 25 (6), these data are recorded only in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®åæ¹ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
(10.2.3) When only
This is because the
ãã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããŠãäŒéã¬ãŒãã®äœãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããªãããšãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãæœãããšã«ãã£ãŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçæããåŠçãè¡ãããã
  In this case, the recording medium A records only the video / audio data of the recording system 2 (BD system or HD-DVD system), and there is no video / audio data of the
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããåçãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åããããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãè¡ããããã®ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã«ãã£ãŠåŸãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ããèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²å
ãšããŠè¡ãããã
  The image / audio data of the
ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã¯ãåçä¿¡å·ã§ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããã³ãŒãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§åãšã³ã³ãŒãããæ¹æ³ãèãããããã垯åå§çž®ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãããŒã¹ãã³ã垯åãŸã§ãã¹ãŠãã³ãŒãããªãã§ãæå®ã®äŒéã¬ãŒãå€æãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãç»ãµã€ãºå€æïŒïŒïŒå¯ŸïŒããïŒå¯ŸïŒãžã®å€æïŒããã®ä»ã®å€æåŠçãªã©ãä»ã®æ¹æ³ã§è¡ãããã«ããããšãèããããã
  In the down-conversion process, a method of decoding the
ãªããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãMPEGã®MPïŒ MLã®ããŒã¿ã§ããå Žåã«ã¯ã以äžã®ãããªããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãç»ãµã€ãºå€æåŠçãªã©ã¯è¡ãããèªã¿åºãããããŒã¿ãããã®ãŸãŸèšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  If the audio / video data of the
äžæ¹ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã«ã€ããŠã¯ããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  On the other hand, for recording of the audio / video data of the
ãã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã   Also in this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (8):
This is because the
ãã®å Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ã¿ãèšé²ãããŠããŠãäŒéã¬ãŒãã®äœãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããªãããšãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãæœãããšã«ãã£ãŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçæããåŠçãè¡ããããããªãã¡ãäžè¿°ããããå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåããšåæ§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In this case, the recording medium A records only the video / audio data of the recording system 2 (BD system or HD-DVD system), and there is no video / audio data of the
ãã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã   In this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, etc. are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. In the case of FIG. 25 (8), these data are recorded in only one recording system layer or in another predetermined recording area.
å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å ŽåïŒ
ããã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ããããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããå Žåã®çµåãã§ããã
In the case of FIG. 25 (9):
This is because the
èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãšèŒã¹ãŠäŒéã¬ãŒããé«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåçãããèšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããåŸãèšé²åªäœåŠçç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããã
  The
ãªãããã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã®éãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãªã©ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèªã¿åºãããå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æãããããªæå®ã®èšé²å±€ãèšé²é åã«èšé²ãããããäŸãã°ããã®å³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®å Žåã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®ã¿ã«ããŸãã¯ãä»ã®æå®èšé²é åã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ã¯èšé²ãããã
  In this recording mode, characteristic data, special reproduction data, and the like are read from the recording medium A and recorded in a predetermined recording layer and recording area as described with reference to FIGS. For example, in the case of FIG. 25 (9), those data are recorded only in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
èšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒäŒéã¬ãŒãïŒãäœãèšé²æ¹åŒã®è€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãããããããèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®é«ãèšé²æ¹åŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšããŠèšé²ãçŽãããšãããã
(11) Example when recording a plurality of video and audio data of the
èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²å±€ã®ãã¡ãBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éã¯ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éã«æ¯ã¹ãŠå€§ããããšãããäŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããããšã¯ãè€æ°æã«åãããŠèšé²ãããŠããéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšããŠïŒæã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«èšé²ãããå Žåãªã©ã«è¡ãããã
  Among the recording layers of the recording medium B, the recording capacity of the
ããã§ãBDæ¹åŒã®èšé²åªäœã®èšé²å®¹éãšãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®èšé²åªäœã®èšé²å®¹éã«ã€ããŠèããã   Here, the recording capacity of a BD recording medium and the recording capacity of a normal DVD recording medium are considered.
BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã¯çé¢ïŒïŒGBãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã¯ïŒïŒïŒGBãªã®ã§ã
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒ
ãããå°ãªããšãïŒæã®éåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ããïŒæã®BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããããšãã§ããããšã«ãªãã
The BD format disc is 27GB on one side, and the normal DVD format disc is 4.7GB.
27 / 4.7 = 5.7
Thus, data recorded on at least five normal DVD discs can be recorded on one BD disc.
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ïŒïŒ¢ã¯ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®èšé²åªäœãšBDæ¹åŒã®èšé²åªäœã®èšé²å®¹éã«ã€ããŠç€ºãå³ã§ãããå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®èšé²å®¹éã¯èšé²å®¹éïŒã§è¡šãããŠããã
  27A and 27B are diagrams showing the recording capacities of a normal DVD recording medium and a BD recording medium. In the example of FIG. 27A, the recording capacity of a normal DVD disc is represented by
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒä¹è³ïŒã®åèšã®èšé²å®¹éã¯ãBDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒæã®èšé²å®¹éïŒããå°ãªãã
  As shown in FIG. 27B (1), the total recording capacity of the normal
ãã®ãããªãè€æ°ã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããè€æ°ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããïŒã€ã®èšé²åªäœã«ã³ããŒèšé²ããããããªåäœã¯ããŠãŒã¶ã«ããæå®ã®æäœã«å¿ããŠèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã«ããè¡ãããã   Such an operation of copying and recording a plurality of video and audio data recorded on a plurality of recording media onto one recording medium is performed by a recording / reproducing apparatus in accordance with a predetermined operation by a user.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœã¢ãŒãèšå®é åºãåäœé åº
ãã®ãããªåäœãè¡ãããå Žåãã¯ããã«ããŠãŒã¶ã«ãããªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒãªã©ãæäœãããåäœã¢ãŒãã®éžæãèšå®ãè¡ãããã
(11.1) Operation Mode Setting Order, Operation Order When performing such an operation, first, the user operates the
次ã«ãéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯äœæåã®ããŒã¿ããBDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒæã«ã³ããŒèšé²ãããã®éžæããªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒãªã©ããå
¥åããããå
¥åãããæ
å ±ã¯ããŠãŒã¶å
¥åI/Fç³»ïŒïŒãä»ããŠã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  Next, the selection of how many pieces of data on the normal DVD format disc are copied and recorded on one BD format disc is input from the
ãã®ãããªæäœããŠãŒã¶ã«ããè¡ãããå Žåã«ãããŠããŠãŒã¶ã«ããå
¥åãããæå®ã®ææ°åã®éåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ããïŒæã®BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«åãŸããªããšããäŸãã°ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå¶åŸ¡ã«åŸã£ãŠã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®èŠå衚瀺ãè¡ãããããé³å£°åºåç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®èŠåé³å£°ãåºåãããããã«ããŠããããèŠåé³å£°ãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãããŒé³ããŸãã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒå
ã®ROMãªã©ã«èšæ¶ãããŠããé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããïŒæã§ã¯èšé²ã§ããŸããããªã©ã®åæé³å£°ãåºåãããã
  When such an operation is performed by the user, when the data recorded on the normal DVD format disc for a predetermined number of times input by the user does not fit on one BD format disc, for example, In accordance with control by the
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒã¯ããã®ããã«ããŠãŒã¶ã«ããå ¥åãããææ°åã®éåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ããïŒæã®BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããããšãã§ããªãå Žåã®æŠå¿µå³ã§ããã   FIG. 27B (2) is a conceptual diagram in the case where data recorded on the normal DVD format disc for the number of sheets input by the user cannot be recorded on one BD format disc. is there.
å³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ïŒïŒïŒã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ãããŒã¿ã®èšé²å
ãšãªãBDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«ã¯ã容éïœã®ããŒã¿ãæ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠãããããéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒãïŒãŸã§ã®ããŒã¿ãããBDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«è¿œå çã«èšé²ããããšãã§ããªãã
  In the example of FIG. 27B (2), since the data of the capacity a has already been recorded on the BD disc as the data recording source, only the data up to the
ãã®ããã«ãèšé²ããããšããããŒã¿ã®å
šãŠãïŒæã®BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããããšãã§ããªãå ŽåãäŸãã°ãïŒæã®BDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ãããã°å
šãŠã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããšãã§ãããšãã«ã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒå
ã®ã¡ã¢ãªããé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºãããé³å£°åºåç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããïŒæã§èšé²ã§ããŸãããªã©ã®ãããªé³å£°æ
å ±ãåºåãããããã«ããŠããããã衚瀺åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæå®ã®ã¡ãã»ãŒãžã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  In this way, when all of the data to be recorded cannot be recorded on one BD disc, for example, when there are two BD discs, all data can be recorded. Audio data may be read from the memory in the
以äžã®ãããªéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ãBDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããåŠçã®éçšã§ãäŸãã°ãïŒå¯ŸïŒããïŒïŒå¯ŸïŒãžã®ç»ãµã€ãºã®å€æãåãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçãªã©ã®æå®ã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ãå Žåããã®åŠçã«ã¯ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒã®çµåãã®ãšãã®ãããªä¿¡å·åŠçãé©çšããããšãã§ããããŸããéåžžDVDæ¹åŒã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«èšé²ãããŠããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããåŠçã«ã¯ãå³ïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æããåŠçãé©çšããããšãã§ããã   In the process of recording the data recorded on the normal DVD format disc as described above on the BD format disc, for example, conversion of image size from 4: 3 to 16: 9, predetermined re-encoding processing, etc. When the above signal processing is performed, the signal processing as in the combination of FIGS. 25 (4) and (6) can be applied to the processing. Further, the processing described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 10 can be applied to the processing for recording the characteristic data and special reproduction data recorded on the normal DVD disc.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒå¯Ÿå¿ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®å Žå
äŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ãMPïŒ HLãªã©ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããæ¯èŒçé«ãããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããæäžã«ããã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ãšããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
šãŠãèšé²ããããšãã§ããªãå Žåãããããã®ããšã¯ãäŸãã°ãEPG(Electronic Program Guide)ãªã©ãçšããŠã¿ã€ããŒèšé²ãèšå®ãããŠãããããã«åŸã£ãŠèšé²ããŠããçªçµïŒäŸãã°ãã¹ããŒãçªçµïŒã®æŸéãäºå®ã®æå»ã«çµäºãããæŸéæéã®å»¶é·ã«äŒŽã£ãŠèšé²æéã延é·ãããå Žåãªã©ã«èµ·ããããã
(12) Examples when the recording capacity is insufficient (12.1) In the case of a disc corresponding to the two recording methods For example, in the
äžè¿°ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããšä»®å®ããäŒéã¬ãŒããé«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²äžã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããããšãæ€åºãããå Žåãå³ïŒïŒïŒ¡ã®èšé²éäžã®ïœç¹ïŒæå»ïŒïŒã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«åãæãããããã以éã察象ãšããŠããçªçµã®èšé²ãçµäºããæå»ïŒãŸã§ã®éãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã
  As described above, it is assumed that the recording medium B in FIG. 16 or FIG. 19 is compatible with the recording system 1 (normal DVD system) and the recording system 2 (BD system or HD-DVD system), and recording with a high transmission rate is performed. When it is detected that the recording capacity of the
ãªããå³ïŒïŒïŒ¢ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«åãæããå Žåã®äŸã瀺ããŠãããèšé²éäžã®ïœç¹ïŒæå»ïŒïŒã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«åãæãããããã以éã察象ãšããŠããçªçµã®èšé²ãçµäºããæå»ïŒãŸã§ã®éãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã
  FIG. 28B shows an example in which the recording method is switched from the
ãã®ããã«ããŠèšé²æ¹åŒãåãæããå ŽåãããŒã¿ã®èšé²å ã¯ãå³ïŒãåç §ããŠèª¬æããããã«ãåãæããèšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãšãããããŸããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãèšé²å ããèšé²æ¹åŒã®åãæãã«äŒŽã£ãŠå¿ èŠã«å¿ããŠå€æŽãããã   When the recording method is switched in this way, the data recording destination is a recording layer corresponding to the switched recording method as described with reference to FIG. Also, the feature data, special reproduction data, and recording destination are changed as necessary with the switching of the recording method.
ãŸããäŸãã°ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãçæããå
ã«ãªãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæœåºããåŠçããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçšããŠè¡ãããŠããå Žåããã®ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãçšããåŠçã«åãæããããã
  Further, for example, when the process of extracting the feature data from which the special reproduction data is generated is performed using the image / sound data of the
ããã«ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçããæå®ã®åž¯åå§çž®åŠçãè¡ãåã®ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ããŒã¹ãã³ãé åã§è¡ãããŠããå Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒã®åãæããè¡ããããšããŠãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã®åºåã¯ãã®ãŸãŸçšããããå³ïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æãããããªé åïŒäœçœ®ïŒãžã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®èšé²å
ã®åãæããè¡ããããå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²é å以å€ã®ãã®ä»ã®é åããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²å
ã§ããå Žåãèšé²æ¹åŒã®åãæããè¡ããããšããŠããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¯ããã®ãŸãŸããã®ä»ã®é åãèšé²å
ãšããŠè¡ãããã
  Furthermore, when the feature extraction processing is performed in the baseband region of the image / audio data before performing the predetermined band compression processing, the output of the feature extraction processing is used as it is even if the recording method is switched. The recording destination of the feature data is switched to the area (position) as described with reference to FIG. 7 or FIG. The other areas other than the recording area of the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®åãæã
ããã§ã¯ãèšé²å®¹éã®äžè¶³ãæ€åºãããå Žåã®åŠçãšããŠãèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®åãæããè¡ãå Žåã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã
(12.2) Recording rate switching Here, a case where recording rate switching is performed as processing when a shortage of recording capacity is detected will be described.
ãã®ãããªèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®åãæãã¯ãäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®æ®ãã®èšé²å®¹éã«å¿ããŠè¡ããããããã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯éåžžç»è³ªã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã¯é«ç»è³ªã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ãããéåžžç»è³ªã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ã¯éåžžã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã§èšé²ãè¡ãããé«ç»è³ªã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§ã¯éåžžã®èšé²ã¬ãŒããããé«ãèšé²ã¬ãŒãã§èšé²ãè¡ãããã
  Such switching of the recording rate is performed in accordance with the remaining recording capacity of the recording medium B as shown in FIG. 29, for example. Here, the
å³ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãç¶ãããšããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²å®¹éã足ããå Žåãèšé²çµäºãŸã§èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²ãç¶ããããäžæ¹ãå³ïŒïŒïŒïœïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãç¶ãããšãã«ã¯èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²å®¹éã足ããªããªãå Žåãæå®ã®äœçœ®ã§ããç¹ïœã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«åãæãããããã以éãèšé²çµäºãŸã§èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã
  As shown in FIG. 29A, if the recording capacity of the recording medium B is sufficient even if the recording is continued in the
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²æéãšèšé²å®¹éã®ç¹æ§ã®äŸãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒæ¯ã«ç€ºãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an example of characteristics of recording time and recording capacity for each recording method (recording rate).
ç¹ïœããç¹ïœãŸã§ã®ç¹æ§ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒé«èšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ã£ãå Žåã®ç¹æ§ã瀺ãããã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²ãç¶ããå Žåãèšé²ããããŒã¿ã®éã¯ãæå»ïœïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®æ倧èšé²å®¹éïŒèšé²å®¹éå¶éå€ïŒã«å°éããã
  The characteristics from the point a to the point c indicate the characteristics when recording is performed with the recording method 2 (high recording rate). When the recording with the
ç¹ïœããç¹ïœ
ãŸã§ã®ç¹æ§ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžèšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ã£ãå Žåã®ç¹æ§ã瀺ãããã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãç¶ããå Žåãèšé²ããããŒã¿ã®éã¯ãæå»ïœïŒã§èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®æ倧èšé²å®¹éã«å°éããã
  The characteristics from point a to point e show the characteristics when recording is performed with recording method 1 (normal recording rate). When recording is continued with
å³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãèšé²å®¹éã«å¶éãããå Žåã«ã¯ãé«ç»è³ªèšé²ã¢ãŒãïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ã£ããšãã®èšé²èš±å®¹æéã¯ãéåžžç»è³ªèšé²ã¢ãŒãïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒã§èšé²ãè¡ã£ããšãã®èšé²èš±å®¹æéãããçãã   As shown in FIG. 30, when the recording capacity is limited, the allowable recording time when recording is performed in the high image quality recording mode (recording method 2) is recorded in the normal image quality recording mode (recording method 1). It is shorter than the allowable recording time when performing.
ããã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®èšé²ã¢ãŒãã§èšé²ãè¡ã£ãŠããŠãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ãããŒã¿éãæ倧èšé²å®¹éã«å°éããæå»ïœïŒãããåã®æå»ã§ããæå»ïœïŒã®æç¹ã§èšé²ã¢ãŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«åãæããããšã«ãããèšé²ã¢ãŒããå€ããªãå Žåã«ã¯æå»ïœïŒãŸã§ããèšé²ããããšãã§ããªããšããããæå»ïœïŒãŸã§èšé²ããããšãå¯èœã«ãªããããªãã¡ãèšé²æéã䌞ã°ãããšãã§ããã
  Therefore, recording is performed in the
ãã®å Žåãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãMPEGãªã©ã®åž¯åå§çž®åŠçãæœãããããŒã¿ãçšããŠè¡ããšãã«ã¯ãæå»ïœïŒãŸã§ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããéçšã§åŸãããããŒã¿ãçšããŠãããè¡ãããèšé²æ¹åŒãåãæããããæå»ïœïŒä»¥éã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããéçšã§åŸãããããŒã¿ãçšããŠè¡ãããã
  In this case, when the feature extraction processing is performed using data that has been subjected to band compression processing such as MPEG, it is performed using the data obtained in the
ãã®ããã«ãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçã«çšããããŒã¿ããèšé²ã¢ãŒããèšé²æ¹åŒã«å¿ããŠåãæããããšã«ãããæŽåæ§ã確ä¿ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæãå¯èœã«ãªãã   As described above, by switching the data used for the feature extraction processing according to the recording mode and the recording method, it is possible to detect feature data with which consistency is ensured and to generate special reproduction data.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœãããŒãã£ãŒã
次ã«ãå³ïŒïŒããã³å³ïŒïŒã®ãããŒãã£ãŒããåç
§ããŠãèšé²åçè£
眮ã«ããèšé²åŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããã
(13) Operation Flowchart Next, recording processing by the recording / reproducing apparatus will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 31 and 32.
ããã§ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãè€æ°æ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã€ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãå³ïŒã«ç€ºãããã«ïŒã€ã§ãããã®ãšããã   Here, it is assumed that the recording medium B corresponds to the recording of data of a plurality of systems, and that there is only one image / audio data to be recorded as shown in FIG.
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠã察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããåäžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããåŠããå€å®ãããåäžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«é²ãã   In step S1, it is determined whether or not the target audio / video data is to be recorded by a single recording method, and if it is determined to be recorded by a single recording method, the process proceeds to step S2.
ããªãã¡ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®æ¹åŒã§ã®èšé²ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããåŠããå€å®ãããïŒã€ã®æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãããã«ãããããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«èšé²ããããã©ã¡ããïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ã«èšé²ããã®ããå€å®ããããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ãã©ã®æ¹åŒã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããåŠãã¯ãäžè¿°ããããã«ãäŸãã°ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ãã¹ãçšããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããšã©ãŒã¬ãŒãã®æ€åºçµæã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ãããã
  That is, it is determined whether or not the recording medium B is compatible with recording in the two
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠã察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããã®ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ããã®ããå€å®ãããããã®å€å®ã¯ãäŸãã°ããŠãŒã¶ã«ããéžææäœã«åºã¥ããŠè¡ãããããå
¥åãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®çš®é¡ãªã©ã«åºã¥ããŠèªåçã«è¡ãããã
  In step S2, it is determined whether the target audio / video data is recorded by the
äŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒãŸãã¯å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåä¿¡ç³»ïŒïŒã§ãã€ããžã§ã³æŸéãåä¿¡ããããã®çªçµãèšé²ããå Žåã«ã¯ãã§ããã ãé«ç»è³ªã§èšé²ããŠããããã«ãããã§ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãšããŠèªåçã«éžæãããããã®ãããªèªåå€å®ã¯ãçªçµã®ã¡ã¿ããŒã¿ãèå¥æ
å ±ãªã©ãåä¿¡ç³»ïŒïŒããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããè¡ãããã
  For example, in FIG. 16 or FIG. 19, when a high-definition broadcast is received by the receiving
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠã察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«é²ã¿ãããŒã¿ã®åã蟌ã¿ãè¡ããããåã蟌ãŸããããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  If it is determined in step S2 that the target audio / video data is recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããæ€åºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«é©å®å
¥åããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ããããããã§åŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã¯èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  In step S4, feature extraction processing is performed by the feature
ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæãããã³ãããã®èšé²ã¯ãäŸãã°ã次ã®æ¹æ³ã«ããè¡ãããã   Extraction of characteristic data, generation of special reproduction data, and recording thereof are performed, for example, by the following method.
æå®ã®åºéæ¯ããŸãã¯æå®ã®ããŒã¿éæ¯ã«ããŒã¿ãåã蟌ãã§ãããã察象ãšããŠç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ããé次ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ããæ¹æ³ïŒåŠçæ¹æ³ïŒïŒã   A method (processing method 1) in which data is taken in every predetermined section or every predetermined amount of data, feature data is detected and playlist data is generated, and the data is sequentially recorded on the recording medium B (processing method 1).
å šãŠã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãçµäºããŠããããã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèªã¿åºããããã察象ãšããŠç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ããèšé²åªäœã®æå®ã®é åãäœçœ®ã«èšé²ããªããæ¹æ³ïŒåŠçæ¹æ³ïŒïŒã   A method of reading out the image / sound data after all the image / sound data has been recorded, detecting the feature data and generating the play list data, and re-recording it in a predetermined area and position of the recording medium (Processing method 2).
ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããã®ãšåæã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æ€åºãè¡ããæ€åºããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ããèšé²çµäºåŸãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã ããèªã¿åºããŠãèªã¿åºããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠçæãããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«å床èšé²ããæ¹æ³ïŒåŠçæ¹æ³ïŒïŒããã®ãšãçæããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ã¯ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ç¹æ®åçã«å©çšããããšãã§ããã   Simultaneously with the recording of the image and sound data, the feature data is detected, and the detected feature data is recorded together with the image and sound data on the recording medium B. After the recording is completed, only the feature data is read out, and based on the read feature data The playlist data generated in this manner is recorded again on the recording medium B (processing method 3). The playlist data generated at this time can also be used for special reproduction of the image / sound data recorded on the recording medium B.
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãªã©ã«å¯ŸããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããã
  In step S <b> 5, predetermined recording processing is performed on the image / audio data, and the image / audio data is recorded in the
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²ãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ãããçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããäžæ¹ãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããŠããªãå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒã«é²ãã   In step S6, it is determined whether or not to end the recording. If it is determined to end, the process ends. On the other hand, if it is not determined to end, the process proceeds to step S7.
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æŽïŒåãæãïŒãããåŠããå€å®ãããå€æŽããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«æ»ãããã以éã®åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããã   In step S7, it is determined whether or not to change (switch) the recording method. If it is determined that the recording method is not to be changed, the process returns to step S3, and the subsequent processing is repeated.
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æŽãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«é²ã¿ããã以éã®åŠçãè¡ãããããŸããã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠã察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåããã¹ãããïŒã«é²ã¿ããã以éã®åŠçãè¡ãããã
  If it is determined in step S7 that the recording method is to be changed, the process proceeds to step S8, and the subsequent processing is performed. If it is determined in step S2 that the target audio / video data is recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãããŒã¿ã®åã蟌ã¿ãè¡ããããåã蟌ãŸããããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  In step S8, data is taken in. The captured data is input to the feature
ã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããæ€åºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«é©å®å
¥åããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ããããããã§åŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã¯èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  In step S9, feature extraction processing is performed by the feature
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãªã©ã«å¯ŸããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããã
  In
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²ãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ãããçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããäžæ¹ãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããŠããªãå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ãã   In step S11, it is determined whether or not to end the recording. If it is determined that the recording is to be ended, the process is ended. On the other hand, if it is not determined that the recording is to be ended, the process proceeds to step S12.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æŽïŒåãæãïŒãããåŠããå€å®ãããå€æŽããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«æ»ãããã以éã®åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããã   In step S12, it is determined whether or not to change (switch) the recording method. If it is determined that the recording method is not to be changed, the process returns to step S8, and the subsequent processing is repeated.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æŽãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«é²ã¿ããã以éã®åŠçãè¡ããããäŸãã°ã察象ãšããŠããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®å
šãŠãèšé²ããããã«ã¯èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®èšé²å®¹éãäžè¶³ããå Žåãããã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æŽãããšå€å®ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²ãéå§ãããã
  If it is determined in step S12 that the recording method is to be changed, the process proceeds to step S3, and the subsequent processing is performed. For example, if the recording capacity of the recording method B of the recording medium B is insufficient to record all the target audio / video data, it is determined that the recording method is changed, and recording in the
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒã«ãããŠã察象ã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããåäžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ããªããããªãã¡ãè€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒå³ïŒïŒïŒã«é²ãã   On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1 that the target audio / video data is not recorded by a single recording method, that is, is recorded by a plurality of recording methods, the process proceeds to step S13 (FIG. 32).
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãããŒã¿ã®åã蟌ã¿ãè¡ããããåã蟌ãŸããããŒã¿ã¯ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  In step S13, data is fetched. The captured data is input to the feature
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ããç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçãè¡ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãæ€åºããããæ€åºãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã¯ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«é©å®å
¥åããããã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒçæåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæãè¡ããããããã§åŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã¯èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒã«å
¥åãããã
  In step S14, feature extraction processing is performed by the feature
ãªããããã§ã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æœåºåŠçãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæåŠçã¯ãäžè¿°ããããã«ãåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãåçããå Žåãšã§æŽåæ§ã確ä¿ãããããã«è¡ãããã
  Note that the feature data extraction process and the special reproduction data generation process here are performed when the obtained characteristic data and special reproduction data are reproduced from the image / audio data of the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãªã©ã«å¯ŸããŠæå®ã®èšé²åŠçãæœãããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã«ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããæŽåæ§ã確ä¿ããããã«ããŠåŸãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®æå®ã®é åã«èšé²ãããã
  In step S15, predetermined recording processing is performed on the image / audio data and the like, and the image / audio data is recorded in the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²ãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ãããçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããäžæ¹ãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããŠããªãå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ãã   In step S16, it is determined whether or not to end the recording. When it is determined that the recording is to be ended, the processing is ended. On the other hand, when it is not determined that the recording is to be ended, the processing proceeds to step S17.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãåäžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å€æŽãããåŠããå€å®ãããå€æŽããªãå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ãããã以éã®åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããã   In step S17, it is determined whether or not the recording method is changed to a single recording method. If not changed, the process returns to step S13, and the subsequent processing is repeated.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒãåäžã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å€æŽãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒã«é²ã¿ããã以éã®åŠçãè¡ãããã   If it is determined in step S17 that the recording method is changed to the single recording method, the process proceeds to step S2, and the subsequent processing is performed.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒå®æœäŸãã®ä»
äžèšãããã¯æ§æäŸãåäœãããŒãã£ãŒãäŸãªã©ã®èª¬æã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²åªäœãšããŠãã£ã¹ã¯ç¶ã®èšé²åªäœãçšããããå Žåã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããããã以å€ã«ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãªã©ã®è€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããããŒãç¶ã®èšé²åªäœãåå°äœèšé²åªäœãããã°ã©ã èšé²åªäœããã®ä»ã®èšé²åªäœã«ãåæ§ã«æ¬çºæã¯é©çšããããšãã§ããã
(14) Other Embodiments In the description of the block configuration example, the operation flowchart example, and the like, the case where a disk-shaped recording medium is used as the recording medium has been described. Similarly, the present invention can be applied to a tape-shaped recording medium, a semiconductor recording medium, a hologram recording medium, and other recording media corresponding to a plurality of recording methods.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãçæããå¿
èŠæ§
ã³ããŒèšé²ãªã©ã®åäœã¢ãŒããèããå Žåã«ãã³ããŒå
ã®ããŒã¿ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã§ãã£ãŠããã®ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãç¡ãå Žåã«ãã³ããŒèšé²åŠçã«äŒŽããèªåçã«ããããã®ããŒã¿ãçæããŠãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«ã³ããŒèšé²ãè¡ãããšãèãããããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæã¯å³ïŒïŒçãåç
§ããŠèª¬æããã®ã§ããã§ã¯çç¥ããã
(15) Necessity of generating feature data and special reproduction data When considering an operation mode such as copy recording, the copy source data is image / audio data, and there is no characteristic data or special reproduction data. In addition, it is conceivable to automatically generate such data and perform copy recording together with the image / sound data in accordance with the copy recording processing. The generation of the feature data and special reproduction data has been described with reference to FIG.
äŸãã°ãã³ããŒã®å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãªãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®ãœãŒã¹ããããã±ãŒãžè²©å£²ãããŠããDVDïŒDVDãœããïŒã§ããå Žåããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã ãããŸãšããŠèšé²ããŠããããŒã¿ãµãŒããªã©ã§ããå Žåããããã®DVDãããŒã¿ãµãŒãããååŸãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãªã©ãçšæãããŠããªãããšãå€ããšèãããããã®ãããªå Žåãäžè¿°ãããããªç¹æ®åçãªã©ãå®çŸããããã«ã¯ãDVDãããŒã¿ãµãŒãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãååŸããè£ çœ®åŽã«ãããŠç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãçæããå¿ èŠãããã   For example, if the source of image / audio data to be copied is a DVD (DVD software) sold as a package, or a data server that records only image / audio data together, the DVD Or feature data corresponding to image / audio data acquired from a data server is often not prepared. In such a case, in order to realize special playback as described above, DVD or data It is necessary to generate feature data and special reproduction data on the device side that has acquired the image / sound data from the server.
ã³ããŒå ã®ããŒã¿ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã§ãããã©ããã®å€å®ã¯ãäŸãã°ããããMPEGãã©ãŒãããã®ããŒã¿ã§ãããã©ããã®å€å®çµæã«åºã¥ããŠè¡ãããšãèããããã   It can be considered to determine whether or not the copy source data is image / audio data based on a determination result of whether or not the data is MPEG format data, for example.
äŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããèšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã«ã³ããŒèšé²ãè¡ãå Žåã«ãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããã³ããŒå¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒã§åçããåçããããŒã¿ã®ããããªã©ã®æå®ã®ããŒã¿éšã®æ§é ãMPEGãã©ãŒãããã®ããŒã¿æ§é ãšåãã§ããããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒãå€å®ããã
  For example, in FIG. 16, when performing copy recording from the recording medium A to the recording medium B, data to be copied from the recording medium A is reproduced by the
ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã¯ãåçããããŒã¿ã®ããããªã©ã®æå®ã®ããŒã¿éšã®æ§é ãMPEGãã©ãŒãããã®ããŒã¿æ§é ãšåãã§ããããšã確èªããå Žåããã®èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã§ãããšå€å®ããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿çãç¡ãå Žåã«ã¯ãäžè¿°ããããã«ãã³ããŒèšé²åŠçã«äŒŽã£ãŠãã®ããŒã¿ãèªåçã«çæããçæããããŒã¿ããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«ãã³ããŒèšé²å
ã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¢ã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²ãããã
  When the
ãŸããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã¯ãåçããããŒã¿ã®ããããªã©ã®æå®ã®ããŒã¿éšã®æ§é ãMPEGãã©ãŒãããã®ããŒã¿æ§é ãšåãã§ã¯ãªãããšã確èªããå Žåããã®åçããããŒã¿ãçšãããã€ãžã§ã¹ãåçã¯è¡ãããªããããã³ããŒå¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã¯åãªãããŒã¿ã§ãããšå€å®ãããã®ãŸãŸïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿çã®çæãè¡ãããšãªãïŒãã³ããŒåŠçãè¡ãã
  When the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¿ããåäœ
æå®ã®èšé²åªäœããä»ã®èšé²åªäœã«æå®ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãå Žåãèããããã
(16) Operation according to recording rate A case where predetermined data is recorded from a predetermined recording medium to another recording medium can be considered.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒåäœãããŒãã£ãŒã
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¿ããŠæ¹åŒãé©å®åãæããŠèšé²ããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ããã
(16.1) Operation Flowchart FIG. 33 is a flowchart for explaining a process of recording by appropriately switching the method according to the recording rate.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã§éžæãããã³ã³ãã³ãã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãïŒããŒã¿ã¬ãŒãïŒã®æ€åºãè¡ãããã   In step S51, the content to be recorded is selected, the process proceeds to step S52, and the recording rate (data rate) of the content selected in step S51 is detected.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãããé«ç»è³ªã¬ãŒãïŒäŸãã°ãHDç»è³ªã®ããŒã¿ïŒã§ããããéåžžç»è³ªã¬ãŒãïŒäŸãã°ãSDç»è³ªã®ããŒã¿ïŒã§ããããå€å®ãããé«ç»è³ªã¬ãŒãã§ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²å ãšããããšãã§ãããããªãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœãçšæãããŠãããåŠããå€å®ãããã   In step S53, it is determined whether the recording rate of the data to be recorded is a high image quality rate (for example, HD image quality data) or a normal image quality rate (for example, SD image quality data). If it is determined that there is a recording medium, the process proceeds to step S54, and it is determined whether or not a recording medium corresponding to the recording rate of the data to be recorded that can be used as a recording destination is prepared.
ããã§ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœãšã¯ãäŸãã°ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãHDç»è³ªã®ããŒã¿ã§ããå Žåã«ã¯BDæ¹åŒãŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã®ããšã§ãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãSDç»è³ªã®ããŒã¿ã§ããå Žåã«ã¯éåžžDVDæ¹åŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã®ããšã§ããã   Here, the recording medium corresponding to the recording rate of the data to be recorded is, for example, recording corresponding to the BD system or the HD-DVD system (recording system 2) when the data to be recorded is HD image quality data. It is a medium, and when the data to be recorded is data of SD image quality, it is a recording medium corresponding to the normal DVD system (recording system 1).
äŸãã°ãè€æ°ã®èšé²åªäœãæ±ãããšãå¯èœãªãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªèšé²åçè£
眮ã§ã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã®æ€åºãè¡ããããåŸè¿°ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã§ã¯è€æ°ã®èšé²åªäœãæ±ãããšãå¯èœãšãããŠãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããäœãã®å Žæã«èšçœ®ãããŠããèšé²åªäœããäœãã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããŠãããã®ã§ããããå€å®ãããã
  For example, in a recording / reproducing apparatus as shown in FIG. 37 capable of handling a plurality of recording media, the recording medium corresponding to the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœãçšæãããŠãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«ããèšé²åŠçãè¡ãããã
  If it is determined in step S54 that a recording medium corresponding to the recording rate of the data to be recorded is prepared, the process proceeds to step S55, and the recording process by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ãããåŠããå€å®ãããèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ããããŸã§ãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããèšé²åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããã   In step S56, it is determined whether or not the recording is finished. Until it is judged that the recording is finished, the process returns to step S55, and the recording process is repeated.
ãªããå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãèšé²åçè£
眮ã®ããã«ãè€æ°ã®èšé²åªäœãæ±ãããšãã§ããå ŽåãïŒã€ã®èšé²åªäœã®èšé²æ®å®¹éãå°ãªããªã£ããšãããã®ããšãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããæ€åºãããèšé²å
ãšããèšé²åªäœãåãæããããŠãæåã«èšé²å
ãšãããŠãããã®ãšã¯å¥ã®èšé²åªäœãèšé²å
ãšããŠããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããããã«ããŠãããã
  When a plurality of recording media can be handled as in the recording / reproducing apparatus shown in FIG. 37, when the remaining recording capacity of one recording medium decreases, this is detected by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   If it is determined in step S56 that the recording is finished, the process is finished.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœãçšæãããŠããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãæå®ã®ã¯ãŒãã³ã°åŠçãè¡ããããã¯ãŒãã³ã°åŠçãšããŠã¯ãäŸãã°ãæå®ã®é³å£°åºåãç»é¢è¡šç€ºã«ãããèšé²åªäœã察å¿ããŠããªãããšããŠãŒã¶ã«ç¥ãããåŠçãªã©ãèããããã   On the other hand, if it is determined in step S54 that a recording medium corresponding to the recording rate of the data to be recorded is not prepared, the process proceeds to step S57, and a predetermined warning process is performed. As the warning process, for example, a process of notifying the user that the recording medium is not supported by a predetermined audio output or screen display can be considered.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåŠçãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåŠçãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããçµäºããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãïŒããŒã¿ïŒãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãšããŠéžæãããåŠããå€å®ãããã   In step S58, it is determined whether or not to end the process. If it is determined in step S58 that the process is to be terminated, the process is terminated. If it is determined that the process is not to be terminated, the process proceeds to step S59 to determine whether another content (data) is to be selected as data to be recorded. Is done.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããäžè¿°ãããããªåŠçãè¡ãããäžæ¹ãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²ã¬ãŒãã®å€æãªã©ã®ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãè¡ããããããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã«ãããäŸãã°ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãããŠããHDç»è³ªã®é«ã¬ãŒãã®ããŒã¿ããSDç»è³ªã®éåžžã¬ãŒãã®ããŒã¿ã«å€æããããã以éãå€æããŠåŸãããSDç»è³ªã®éåžžã¬ãŒãã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ãè¡ãããã   If it is determined in step S59 that another content is selected, the process returns to step S51, and the above-described processing is performed. On the other hand, if it is determined not to select another content, the process proceeds to step S60, and the recording rate is determined. Down-conversion processing such as conversion is performed. By down-conversion processing, for example, high-definition data of HD image quality that is to be recorded is converted to normal-rate data of SD image quality, and thereafter, the SD-quality normal-rate data obtained by conversion is converted. Recording is performed.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²åŠçãè¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²çµäºã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ããããŸã§åŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããèšé²åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã
  In step S61, a recording process using the
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒããéåžžç»è³ªã¬ãŒãã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ãã   On the other hand, if it is determined in step S53 that the recording rate of the data to be recorded is the normal image quality rate, the process proceeds to step S63.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²åŠçãè¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²çµäºã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ããããŸã§åŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒã«æ»ããèšé²åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã
  In step S63, the recording process by the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã®æŽåæ§ãåãåŠç
ããã§ãäŸãã°ãæŸéåã ããéãåãçªçµãããããç°ãªãèšé²åªäœäžã«ããå Žåãªã©ã«ãããŠããããã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããåãçªçµïŒã³ã³ãã³ãïŒéã§ç¹åŸŽç¹ã®æŽåæ§ãåãå Žåãèããã
(16.2) Processing for Consistency of Feature Data Here, for example, when the same program that differs only in broadcast times is on different recording media, the same program (contents) recorded on those recording media ) Consider the case where the feature points are consistent.
ããèšé²åªäœïŒç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããŠããçªçµãšåãçªçµã ãæŸéåã®éããã®ããå¥ã®èšé²åªäœïŒç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœïŒã«ãã§ã«èšé²ãããŠããŠããã®ç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããçªçµã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãèšé²ããããšãèããããã   A program that is the same as the program recorded on a certain recording medium (first recording medium) but has a different broadcast time is already recorded on another recording medium (second recording medium), and the second recording It is conceivable to record the image / audio data of the program recorded on the first recording medium on the medium.
ãã®ãããªå Žåãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®çªçµãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«æ¢ã«èšé²ãããŠããçªçµãšåãçªçµã§ãããã©ããããäŸãã°ãã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿ã«å«ãŸããæå®ã®ããŒã¿ã®æ€åºçµæã«åºã¥ããŠã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ããããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®çªçµãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããçªçµãšåãçªçµã§æŸéåãçžéãããã®ãªã©ãšããŠå€å®ãããå Žåãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®çªçµã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«ã³ããŒããããšãšãã«ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«ãããšãã«ã¯ããããããã®ãŸãŸãèšé²å
ã®ç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããããããã«ãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®çªçµã®ãã®ã«ã€ããŠã¯ãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãªã©ã®æŽåæ§ã第ïŒãšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœéã§ç¢ºä¿ãããã
  In such a case, whether or not the program to be recorded is the same program as the program already recorded on the second recording medium is determined based on, for example, a detection result of predetermined data included in the stream data. Determined by
ãŸããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«ãªãå Žåã¯ãã¹ãããïŒïŒããïŒïŒã®åŠçã®ãšãã«çæããŠã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããããšãèããããããã®å Žåãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã®çæã¯ãäŸãã°ãããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãããŠåŸãããããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠè¡ãããã   In addition, when there is no feature data or special reproduction data in the first recording medium, it is conceivable that the characteristic data and special reproduction data are generated during the processing of steps S59 to S62 and recorded on the second recording medium. In this case, the generation of feature data and special reproduction data is performed based on, for example, data obtained by down-conversion.
ããã«ãã¹ãããïŒïŒããïŒïŒããŸãã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒããïŒïŒã®åŠçã«ãããŠãç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãç¡ãå Žåã¯ããã®ãšãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ãšãªã£ãŠããæå®ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã®ã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãçæãããã¹ããªãŒã ããŒã¿ãšãšãã«èšé²ãããããã«ããŠãããã   Furthermore, if there is no feature data or special reproduction data in the processing of steps S55 to S56 or steps S63 to S64, the feature data and special data are recorded based on the stream data of the predetermined recording method to be recorded at that time. Data for reproduction may be generated and recorded together with the stream data.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå Žå
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãé©å®å€æããå€æããŠåŸãããããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ããã
(17) Case of Converting Recording Method FIG. 34 is a flowchart for describing processing for appropriately converting the recording method of data to be recorded and recording the data obtained by the conversion.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšå®ãããŠããåäœã¢ãŒãããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããåäœã¢ãŒãã§ãããåŠããå€å®ãããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããåäœã¢ãŒãã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãæå®ã®åäœã¢ãŒãã«ç§»è¡ãããã®åäœã¢ãŒãã§ã®åŠçãè¡ãããã   In step S101, it is determined whether or not the set operation mode is an operation mode for converting a recording method. If it is determined that the operation mode is not an operation mode for converting a recording method, the operation mode is shifted to a predetermined operation mode. The processing in the operation mode is performed.
äžæ¹ãèšå®ãããŠããåäœã¢ãŒãããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããåäœã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãåŠç察象ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæãããããã®åŠç察象ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã¯ãäŸãã°ãåŸè¿°ãããå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªä»£è¡šç»ããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãããç»é¢ïŒãã«ãç»é¢ïŒããéžæãããã   On the other hand, if it is determined that the set operation mode is an operation mode for converting the recording method, the process proceeds to step S102, and the content to be processed is selected. The content to be processed is selected from, for example, a screen (multi-screen) on which representative images as shown in FIG.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã©ã®ããã«èšé²æ¹åŒã®å€æãè¡ãããéžæãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å€æããããšãéžæãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ãã
  In step S103, it is selected how to convert the recording method, and if it is selected to convert the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å
ãšãããŠããèšé²åªäœãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããã察å¿ãããã®ã§ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãåŠç察象ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å€æããã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãè¡ãããã
  In step S104, it is determined whether or not the recording medium that is the recording destination is compatible with
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã¢ããã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã«ããåŸãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®èšé²åŠçãè¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²çµäºãåŠããå€å®ãããã
  In step S106, the recording process of the content of the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ãããã以éã®åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²çµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   If it is determined in step S107 that recording has not ended, the processing returns to step S105, and the subsequent processing is repeated. If it is determined in step S107 that recording has ended, the process ends.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²å
ãšãããŠããèšé²åªäœãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãããã®ã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãæå®ã®ã¯ãŒãã³ã°åŠçãè¡ãããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S104 that the recording medium that is the recording destination does not correspond to the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåŠçãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåŠçãçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããçµäºããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãïŒããŒã¿ïŒãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãšããŠéžæãããåŠããå€å®ãããã   In step S109, it is determined whether or not to end the process. If it is determined in step S109 that the process is to be terminated, the process is terminated. If it is determined that the process is not to be terminated, the process proceeds to step S110 to determine whether another content (data) is to be selected as data to be recorded. Is done.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ãã以äžã®ãããªåŠçãè¡ãããäžæ¹ãå¥ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããéžæããªããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ãã   If it is determined in step S110 that another content is selected, the process returns to step S102, and the above processing is performed. On the other hand, if it is determined not to select another content, the process proceeds to step S111.
ãŸããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å€æããããšãéžæãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ãã
  In addition, if it is selected in step S103 that conversion from
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåŠç察象ã®ããŒã¿ã®ããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçãè¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãããŠã³ã³ã³ããŒãåŠçã«ããåŸãããããŒã¿ã®ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§ã®èšé²åŠçãè¡ãããã
  In step S111, the data to be processed is down-converted, and the process proceeds to step S112, where the data obtained by the down-conversion process is recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²åŠçãçµäºãããåŠããå€å®ãããçµäºããªããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ãããã以éã®åŠçãç¹°ãè¿ãããããŸããçµäºãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   In step S113, it is determined whether or not to end the recording process. If it is determined not to end the process, the process returns to step S111, and the subsequent processes are repeated. If it is determined to end, the process is ended.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«ããèšé²åªäœã®éžæ
å³ïŒïŒã¯ãèšé²ã¬ãŒãã«å¿ããŠèšé²åªäœãéžæããéžæããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ããåçãããåŠçã«ã€ããŠèª¬æãããããŒãã£ãŒãã§ããã
(18) Selection of Recording Medium Based on Recording Rate FIG. 35 is a flowchart for describing processing for selecting a recording medium according to the recording rate and reproducing the content recorded on the selected recording medium.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãæå®ã®èšé²åªäœïŒäŸãã°ãèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®ãã¬ã€ã«çœ®ãããŠããå šãŠã®èšé²åªäœïŒã«èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ãã®å 容ãè¡šãæ å ±ã®æ€çŽ¢ãè¡ãããããã®æ å ±ã¯ãäŸãã°ãã³ã³ãã³ãã«ä»å ããããããéšãªã©ã®æå®ã®éšåã«èšé²ãããŠããã   In step S151, a search is performed for information representing the content of content recorded on a predetermined recording medium (for example, all recording media placed on the tray of the recording / reproducing apparatus). This information is recorded in a predetermined part such as a header part added to the content.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãããããã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ãã®ç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠãç¹åŸŽç¹ãèšå®ãããŠãããã¬ãŒã ãªã©ã®ä»£è¡šç»ã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºåŠçãè¡ãããã   In step S152, thumbnail display processing of a representative image such as a frame in which a feature point is set is performed based on the special reproduction data of the content recorded on each recording medium.
ãã®åŠçã«ãã衚瀺ããã代衚ç»ãèŠãããšã§ããŠãŒã¶ã¯ãããããã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ããã©ã®ãããªãã®ããç¥ãããšãã§ããã   By viewing the representative image displayed by this processing, the user can know what the content recorded on each recording medium is.
å³ïŒïŒã¯ã代衚ç»ã®ãµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºã®äŸã瀺ãå³ã§ããã   FIG. 36 is a diagram illustrating an example of thumbnail display of a representative image.
å³ïŒïŒã®ä»£è¡šç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒã¯é«ç»è³ªèšé²ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ã§ããã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒã¯éåžžç»è³ªèšé²ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ã§ããã   The representative images A1 to A9 in FIG. 36 are representative images of high-quality recorded content, and the representative images B1 to B7 are representative images of normal-quality recorded content.
å³ïŒïŒã«å€ªç·ã§å²ãã§ç€ºãããã«ãéåžžç»è³ªèšé²ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ããããé«ç»è³ªèšé²ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ã®æ¹ãç®ç«ã€ããã«ã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒã¯ã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒãšã¯ç°ãªãæ¹æ³ã§è¡šç€ºããããäŸãã°ã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒã®ç»æ ãç·è²ã§è¡šç€ºãããäžæ¹ã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒã®ç»æ ãç°è²ã§è¡šç€ºãããããã«ãããããã®ç»æ ãç°ãªãè²ã§è¡šç€ºããããããŸãã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒãç¹æ» ããŠè¡šç€ºããããããã   As shown by the bold lines in FIG. 36, the representative images A1 to A9 are representative images B1 to B7 so that the representative image of the high-quality recorded content is more prominent than the representative image of the normal-quality recorded content. Are displayed differently. For example, the image frames of the representative images A1 to A9 are displayed in green, while the image frames of the representative images B1 to B7 are displayed in gray. Images A1 to A9 are displayed blinking.
ãŸãã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒã¯ããã®ãããªãŠãŒã¶ã«ç®ç«ãããããã®è¡šç€ºãéå§ãããŠããæå®æéãçµéããã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒã®ãã®ãšåãæ¹æ³ã§è¡šç€ºãããããã«ããŠããããäŸãã°ãåçåäœã¢ãŒããçµäºããŠããŠãŒã¶ãå³ïŒïŒã®ç»é¢è¡šç€ºã¢ãŒãã«ããçŽåŸã®ïŒç§éãªã©ã®æå®æéã ãã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒã®ãã®ãšéãæ¹æ³ã«ãã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒã衚瀺ãããããã«ããããšãèããããã   The representative images A1 to A9 may be displayed by the same method as that of the representative images B1 to B7 when a predetermined time elapses after the display for making the user noticeable is started. For example, the representative images A1 to A9 are displayed by a method different from that of the representative images B1 to B7 for a predetermined time such as 3 seconds immediately after the user finishes the reproduction operation mode and enters the screen display mode of FIG. It is possible to do so.
å³ïŒïŒã®èª¬æã«æ»ããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåçé åºïŒè€æ°ããã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçé åºïŒããŠãŒã¶èªèº«ãèšå®ããåäœã¢ãŒãã§ãããŠãŒã¶èšå®ã¢ãŒãã§ãããåŠããå€å®ããããŠãŒã¶èšå®ã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãèŠãŠãããŠãŒã¶ã«ãããªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒãªã©ãçšããŠéžæãããåçé åºãåãä»ããèšå®ããã
  Returning to the description of FIG. 35, in step S153, it is determined whether or not the user setting mode is an operation mode in which the user himself / herself sets the playback order (playback order of a plurality of contents), and the user setting mode is determined. If YES in step S154, the flow advances to step S154 to accept and set the playback order selected by the user watching the thumbnail display using the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã§èšå®ããé åºã§ã®åçåäœãè¡ãããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãåççµäºãåŠããå€å®ãããã   In step S155, the reproduction operation is performed in the order set in step S154, and the process proceeds to step S156 to determine whether or not the reproduction is finished.
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ããåçåŠçãç¹°ãè¿ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   If it is determined in step S156 that the reproduction has not ended, the process returns to step S155, and the reproduction process is repeated. If it is determined in step S156 that the reproduction has ended, the process ends.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåçé åºããŠãŒã¶èªèº«ãèšå®ããåäœã¢ãŒãïŒãŠãŒã¶èšå®ã¢ãŒãïŒã§ã¯ãªããããªãã¡ãèªååçã¢ãŒãã§ãããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãåçå¯èœãªã³ã³ãã³ãã®äžã«ãé«ç»è³ªèšé²ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ãããããåŠããå€å®ãããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S153 that the playback order is not the operation mode (user setting mode) in which the user himself sets, that is, the automatic playback mode, the process proceeds to step S157, and the reproducible content includes It is determined whether there is content recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåçå¯èœãªã³ã³ãã³ãã®äžã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ãããããšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçãè¡ããããããªãã¡ãé«ç»è³ªèšé²ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãããéåžžç»è³ªã®ã³ã³ãã³ããããåªå
ããŠåçãããããšã«ãªãã
  If it is determined in step S157 that there is content recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºãåŠããå€å®ãããåççµäºã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ããåçåŠçãç¹°ãè¿ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   In step S159, it is determined whether or not the reproduction has ended. If it is determined that the reproduction has not ended, the process returns to step S158, and the reproduction process is repeated. If it is determined in step S159 that the reproduction has ended, the process ends.
äžæ¹ãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåçå¯èœãªã³ã³ãã³ãã®äžã«é«ç»è³ªèšé²ã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ãããªãïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ããããªãïŒãšå€å®ãããå Žåãã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«é²ã¿ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçåäœãè¡ãããã
  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S157 that there is no content recorded by the
ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºãåŠããå€å®ãããåççµäºã§ã¯ãªããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯ã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«æ»ããåçåŠçãç¹°ãè¿ããããã¹ãããïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠãåççµäºã§ãããšå€å®ãããå ŽåãåŠçã¯çµäºãããã   In step S161, it is determined whether or not the reproduction has ended. If it is determined that the reproduction has not ended, the process returns to step S160, and the reproduction process is repeated. If it is determined in step S161 that the reproduction has ended, the process ends.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒè€æ°åã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ãæ±ãããšãã§ããå Žåã®å®æœäŸ
ããã§ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®è€æ°ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœããè€æ°åæ±ãããšã®ã§ããèšé²åçè£
眮ãèããã
(19) Embodiment in which a plurality of discs can be handled Here, a recording / reproducing apparatus capable of handling a plurality of recording media corresponding to a plurality of recording methods of
å³ïŒïŒã¯ããã®ããã«ãè€æ°åã®èšé²åªäœãæ±ãããšã®ã§ããèšé²åçè£ çœ®ã®æ§æäŸã瀺ããããã¯å³ã§ããã   FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a recording / reproducing apparatus capable of handling a plurality of recording media in this way.
ãã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ããè¡ãããåäœã¯ãåºæ¬çã«ã¯ãäžè¿°ããå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æããèšé²åçè£
眮ã®åäœãšåæ§ã§ãããããã§ãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããèšé²åäœãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããåçåäœã¯ããããããå³ïŒïŒãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æããèšé²åŽã®æ§æã«ããåäœãåçåŽã®æ§æã«ããåäœãšåæ§ã§ãããããéè€ãã説æã«ã€ããŠã¯çç¥ããã
  The operation performed by this recording / reproducing apparatus is basically the same as the operation of the recording / reproducing apparatus described with reference to FIGS. Here, the recording operation by the
å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ã¯ããã¬ã€ã«çœ®ãããè€æ°ã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®ãã¡ãéžæãããæå®ã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ã®åäœãå¶åŸ¡ããèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒãèšããããŠããããã®èšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã¯ãã£ã¹ã¯ç¶èšé²åªäœã®ãã§ã³ãžã£ãŒãšèããããšãã§ãããå³ïŒïŒã®äŸã«ãããŠã¯ïŒæã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ç¶èšé²åªäœããã¬ã€ã«çœ®ãããŠããã
  The recording / playback apparatus of FIG. 37 is provided with a recording
以äžãè€æ°ã®ãã£ã¹ã¯ç¶èšé²åªäœãæ±ãå Žåã«ã€ããŠèª¬æããããä»ã®èšé²åªäœã«ã€ããŠãåæ§ã«é©çšããããšãã§ããã   Hereinafter, the case of handling a plurality of disc-shaped recording media will be described, but the present invention can be similarly applied to other recording media.
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒéåžžåçã¢ãŒã
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«è€æ°èšçœ®ãããŠããèšé²åªäœïŒèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒãå¶åŸ¡å¯èœãªãã¬ã€ã«çœ®ãããŠããèšé²åªäœïŒã«ã¯ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒéåžžDVDïŒããŸãã¯èšé²æ¹åŒïŒïŒBDæ¹åŒããŸãã¯HD-DVDæ¹åŒïŒã®ç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ãæ··åšããŠèšé²ãããŠããããšãèããããã
(19.1) Normal Playback Mode In FIG. 37, a plurality of recording media installed in the recording medium control system 306 (recording media placed on a tray that can be controlled by the recording medium control system 306) include a recording method 1 (Normal DVD) or video / audio data of recording system 2 (BD system or HD-DVD system) may be recorded together.
ãªã¢ã³ã³ïŒïŒãªã©ãæäœããŠéåžžåçã¢ãŒããéžæããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ã®åçãè¡ãå Žåã«è€æ°èšé²æ¹åŒã®è²ã
ãªã³ã³ãã³ããæ··åšããŠãããšããŠãŒã¶ããã©ã®ã³ã³ãã³ããåçããŠãããéžæããã®ã«æ··ä¹±ãç
©ããããæããå Žåããããšèããããã
  When the normal playback mode is selected by operating the
ããã§ãéåžžã¯ãé«ç»è³ªã®ã³ã³ãã³ããåªå çã«éžæããŠåçããããã«ããããšãèããããã   Therefore, it is usually considered to preferentially select and reproduce high-quality content.
äŸãã°ãéåžžåçã¢ãŒãã«ãããŠãããã«ãéžæå¯èœãªã¢ãŒããšããŠèªååçã¢ãŒããèšããããŠããå Žåããã®èªååçã¢ãŒããèšå®ãããŠãããšãã«ã¯ãè€æ°ã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããè€æ°ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®äžãããé«ç»è³ªèšé²ãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã ããããã©ã«ãã§é 次åçãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®å
šãŠã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçãçµäºãããšããããã«ç¶ããŠãéåžžDVDã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçãè¡ãããã
  For example, in the normal playback mode, when an automatic playback mode is provided as a selectable mode, when the automatic playback mode is set, the content is recorded from a plurality of contents recorded on a plurality of recording media. Only the contents of the
ãã®ãšããåãã³ã³ãã³ããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ïŒã€ã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§èšé²ãããŠããå Žåã«ã¯ãã¯ããã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã³ã³ãã³ããå
šãŠåçããç¶ããŠãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ã³ã³ãã³ããåçãããã®ãšãããšåãã³ã³ãã³ããïŒååçãããŠããŸãããšã«ãªãããšããããã®ãããªå Žåãåãã³ã³ãã³ãã¯ïŒååçãããããšã®ãªãããã«ãããïŒèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããæ¹ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®åçã¯è¡ãããªãïŒã
  At this time, when the same content is recorded by two recording methods of
ã©ã®ãããªå
容ã®ã³ã³ãã³ãããäœãã®èšé²æ¹åŒã§ãã©ã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠãããã¯ãè£
眮ã®é»æºæå
¥æãªã©ã®è£
眮ã®èµ·åæããŸãã¯åçã¢ãŒãèšå®æãªã©ã®æå®ã®ã¢ãŒãåäœæã«ãèšé²åªäœã®èšé²å
容ãè¡šãæ
å ±ããèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èšçœ®ãããããããã®èšé²åªäœããé 次åçããããã®æ
å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ããããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãèšé²åªäœã®èšé²å
容ãè¡šãæ
å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠãäžè¿°ããããã«ãåçã®åªå
é äœãèšé²æ¹åŒã«å¿ããŠèšå®ãããã³ã³ãã³ããé 次èªåçã«åçããããã«åç³»ãå¶åŸ¡ãããã
  What kind of content is recorded on which recording medium and in what recording format is recorded when the device is started up such as when the device is turned on, or when a predetermined mode is operated such as when the playback mode is set. Information representing the recording contents of the medium is sequentially reproduced from each recording medium installed in the recording
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒä»£è¡šç»è¡šç€ºã¢ãŒã
äŸãã°ãèšé²ãããŠããå
容ãè¡šã代衚ç»ã衚瀺ããåäœã¢ãŒããèšå®ãããŠãããšãã«ä»£è¡šç»ãäžèŠ§è¡šç€ºããããšããŸãã¯ãæå®åçã¢ãŒãèšå®æã«ãåçããã³ã³ãã³ãã®éžæããŠãŒã¶ã«ä¿ãããã«ä»£è¡šç»ãäžèŠ§è¡šç€ºããããšãªã©ã®åäœãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠè¡ãããã
(19.2) Representative image display mode For example, a list of representative images is displayed when an operation mode for displaying representative images representing recorded contents is set, or playback is performed when a predetermined playback mode is set. Operations such as displaying a list of representative images in order to prompt the user to select content are performed in the recording / reproducing apparatus of FIG.
å³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åçè£
眮ã«ãããŠããã®ãããªä»£è¡šç»è¡šç€ºã¢ãŒãã§ã¯ãèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èšçœ®ãããèšé²åªäœã察象ãšããŠãé 次ãèšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ã®åçãè¡ããããåçãããããŒã¿ã¯ãããã¡åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«åºåãããããŒã¿ãã¹DBãä»ããŠåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠããããåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãæå®ã®åçåŠçãè¡ãããç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠåŸãããç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠãããã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ãããç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ã代衚ç»ã®è¡šç€ºãè¡ãããã
  In the recording / reproducing apparatus of FIG. 37, in such a representative image display mode, the recorded data is sequentially reproduced on the recording medium installed in the recording
代衚ç»ãšããŠãäŸãã°ãèšé²ãããçªçµãªã©ã®æå®ã®ããã°ã©ã æ¯ã«ãç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã«ããæå®ãããæåã®äœçœ®ã«ãããç»åæ å ±ãèãããã®ç»åæ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠç»åã衚瀺ãããããã«ããŠãããã   As the representative image, for example, for each predetermined program such as a recorded program, the image information at the first position specified by the special reproduction data is considered, and the image may be displayed based on the image information. Good.
ãŸãã代衚ç»ã®è¡šç€ºãè¡ãå Žåãããããã®ä»£è¡šç»ãã³ã³ãã³ãã®ç»è³ªæ¯ã«åé¡ããŠè¡šç€ºãããããã«ããŠãããã   Further, when displaying a representative image, each representative image may be classified and displayed for each image quality of the content.
äŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒãåç
§ããŠèª¬æããããã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããé«ç»è³ªãªã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ã§ãã代衚ç»ïŒ¡ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¡ïŒãã²ãšãŸãšãŸãã®ãã®ãšããŠè¡šç€ºãããããšã¯å¥ã«ãèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããéåžžç»è³ªã®ã³ã³ãã³ãã®ä»£è¡šç»ã§ãã代衚ç»ïŒ¢ïŒä¹è³ïŒ¢ïŒãã²ãšãŸãšãŸãã®ãã®ãšããŠè¡šç€ºããããã«ããŠãããã
  For example, as described with reference to FIG. 36, representative images A1 to A9, which are representative images of high-quality content recorded by the
ãã®ãããªä»£è¡šç»è¡šç€ºã§ã¯ãããããã®ä»£è¡šç»ã«ããå 容ãè¡šãããã³ã³ãã³ãã®æ å ±ããŠãŒã¶ã確èªããããšãã§ããããã«ãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒïŒãã¬ã€ïŒã®ã©ã®å Žæã«çœ®ãããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã³ã³ãã³ãã§ããã®ããè¡šãæ å ±ããã³ã³ãã³ãã®ã¿ã€ãã«ãè¡šãæ å ±ãªã©ã®æå®ã®æ å ±ããäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã®ç¹ç·ç¢å°ïŒïŒïŒã®å ã«ç€ºãããã«ã代衚ç»ã®äžæ¹ãªã©ã®æå®ã®äœçœ®ã«è¡šç€ºãããããã«ããŠãããã   In such a representative image display, it is placed in any location of the recording medium control system 306 (tray) in FIG. 37 so that the user can confirm the information of the content represented by each representative image. Predetermined information such as information indicating whether the content is recorded on the recording medium or information indicating the title of the content is displayed below the representative image, for example, as indicated by the dotted arrow (1) in FIG. It may be displayed at a predetermined position.
ãã®ãããªä»£è¡šç»ã¯ãæ€åºãããç¹æ®åççšããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå¶åŸ¡ã«åŸã£ãŠæå®ç¹åŸŽç¹ïŒç¹åŸŽäœçœ®ïŒã®ç»åããŒã¿ãèšé²åªäœããåçããããã®ç»åããŒã¿ã«å¯ŸããŠãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ããåŠçããŸãã¯ã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããåŠçïŒãµã ãã€ã«åŠçïŒãæœãããããšã«ãã£ãŠçæãããã
  In such a representative image, image data of a predetermined feature point (feature position) is reproduced from the recording medium in accordance with control by the
åèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ã«ãµã ãã€ã«åŠçãæœãããããšã«ãã£ãŠåŸããã代衚ç»ãµã ãã€ã«åŠçããŒã¿ã¯ãã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒå
ã®æå®ã®ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ã«èšæ¶ãããèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«çœ®ãããŠããå
šãŠã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ã察象ãšããŠãµã ãã€ã«åŠçãè¡ããããšããã¡ã¢ãªç³»ã«èšé²ãããŠããããŒã¿ã¯ããŒã¿ãã¹DBãä»ããŠç»åä¿¡å·åºåç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«äŸçµŠããããç»åä¿¡å·åºåç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãããŠã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããªç»é¢è¡šç€ºãè¡ãããã®ä¿¡å·åŠçãè¡ããã代衚ç»ããµã ãã€ã«è¡šç€ºãããã
  The representative image thumbnail processing data obtained by performing thumbnail processing on the data recorded on each recording medium is stored in a predetermined memory system in the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒèšé²ã¢ãŒã
ããã§ãå³ïŒïŒã®èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ã«èšé²ãããç»åé³å£°ããŒã¿ããèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èšçœ®ãããŠããæå®ã®èšé²åªäœã«ç·šéèšé²ãã³ããŒèšé²ãããããšãèããããã
(19.3) Recording Mode Here, it is conceivable that the audio / video data recorded on the recording medium A in FIG. 37 is edited and recorded on a predetermined recording medium installed in the recording
èšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èšçœ®ãããŠããèšé²åªäœãäœãã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ã§ãããã¯ãäžè¿°ããããã«ãèšé²åªäœãããé 次åçãããããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããã
  As described above, the
æå®ã®åäœã¢ãŒãã§ãäžèšã®ãããªç·šéèšé²ãã³ããŒèšé²ãè¡ãå Žåãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ã®èšé²ã¬ãŒãã¯ãåçåŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«ãã£ãŠæ€åºãããæå®ã®å±æ§ããŒã¿ã«åºã¥ããŠã·ã¹ãã ã³ã³ãããŒã©ç³»ïŒïŒã«ããå€å®ãããããŸãããã®å€å®çµæã«åºã¥ããŠãèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«çœ®ãããŠãããã®ã®ãã¡ã®äœãã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããã®ããŒã¿ãèšé²ãããã決å®ãããã
  When performing the above-described editing recording and copy recording in a predetermined operation mode, the recording rate of the data to be recorded is determined by the
äŸãã°ãèšé²ã¬ãŒããé«ãé«ç»è³ªã³ã³ãã³ããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãšãããŠããå Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«çœ®ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èªåçã«èšé²ãããããŸããéåžžç»è³ªã³ã³ãã³ããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ããŒã¿ãšãããŠããå Žåãèšé²åªäœïŒ¡ããã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãèšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«èšçœ®ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã®æå®ã®èšé²é åã«èªåçã«èšé²ãããã
  For example, when high-quality content with a high recording rate is the data to be recorded, the data from the recording medium A is recorded on a predetermined recording medium corresponding to the
ïŒïŒïŒïŒïŒå±€ãã£ã¹ã¯ã«ãããŠã®åæèšé²åçã¢ãŒã
èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããïŒå±€ãã£ã¹ã¯ãçšããå Žåã«ãæå®ã®èšé²å±€ã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãåçããåçããããŒã¿ãããããšç°ãªãå±€ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããåæåçèšé²ã¢ãŒããèããããšãã§ããã
(20) Simultaneous recording / reproducing mode on a two-layer disc When a two-layer disc corresponding to
ãã®åæåçèšé²ãå®çŸãããããã¯æ§æäŸãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãã   FIG. 38 shows a block configuration example for realizing this simultaneous reproduction recording.
èšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ããä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«ããæå®ã®åäœæ¯ã«åçãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã¯ããããã¡ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«äžæçã«èšé²ããããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãæå®ã®éãèç©ããã段éã§ãããã¡ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒïŒããèªã¿åºããããã®åŸãä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«ããæå®ã®åŠçãæœãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®æå®ã®é åã«èšé²ãããã
  Data of the
ãŸããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããïŒå±€ãã£ã¹ã¯ãçšããå Žåã«ãæå®ã®èšé²å±€ã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ãåçããåçããããŒã¿ãããããšç°ãªãå±€ã®èšé²é åã«èšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²ãããåæåçèšé²ã¢ãŒããèããããšãã§ããã
  When a dual-layer disc corresponding to
ãã®åæåçèšé²ãå®çŸãããããã¯æ§æäŸãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãã   FIG. 39 shows a block configuration example for realizing the simultaneous reproduction and recording.
èšé²åªäœïŒã®èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ããä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«ããæå®ã®åäœæ¯ã«åçãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã¯ããããã¡ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒïŒã«äžæçã«èšé²ããããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã®ããŒã¿ã¯ãæå®ã®éãèç©ããã段éã§ãããã¡ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒïŒïŒããèªã¿åºããããã®åŸãä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒïŒïŒâïŒã«ããæå®ã®åŠçãæœãããèšé²æ¹åŒïŒã§èšé²æ¹åŒïŒå±€ã®æå®ã®é åã«èšé²ãããã
  Data of the
以äžã«ãããŠã¯ãéåžžDVDããé«ç»è³ªã§ã®èšé²ãå¯èœãªãã©ãŒããããšããŠãBDãã©ãŒãããããŸãã¯HD-DVDãã©ãŒããããçšãããããã®ãšãããããã©ãŒãããã¯ããã«éå®ããããã®ã§ã¯ãªããäŸãã°ãBDãã©ãŒããããšHD-DVDãã©ãŒãããã®åæ¹ã«æ±çšæ§ãæãããïŒã€ã®ãã©ãŒãããã§ãã£ãŠãããã   In the above description, the BD format or the HD-DVD format is used as a format capable of recording with higher image quality than a normal DVD. However, the format is not limited to this, for example, the BD format It may be one format in which both HD-DVD formats are versatile.
äžè¿°ããäžé£ã®åŠçã¯ãããŒããŠã§ã¢ã«ããå®è¡ãããããšãã§ãããããœãããŠã§ã¢ã«ããå®è¡ãããããšãã§ããããã®å Žåããã®ãœãããŠã§ã¢ãå®è¡ãããè£ çœ®ã¯ãäŸãã°ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºããããããªããŒãœãã«ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ã«ããæ§æãããã   The series of processes described above can be executed by hardware, but can also be executed by software. In this case, the apparatus for executing the software is constituted by a personal computer as shown in FIG. 40, for example.
å³ïŒïŒã«ãããŠãCPU(Central Processing Unit)ïŒïŒïŒã¯ãROM(Read Only Memory)ïŒïŒïŒã«èšæ¶ãããŠããããã°ã©ã ããŸãã¯ãèšæ¶éšïŒïŒïŒããRAM(Random Access Memory)ïŒïŒïŒã«ããŒããããããã°ã©ã ã«åŸã£ãŠåçš®ã®åŠçãå®è¡ãããRAMïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãŸããCPUïŒïŒïŒãåçš®ã®åŠçãå®è¡ããäžã«ãããŠå¿
èŠãªããŒã¿ãªã©ãé©å®èšæ¶ãããã
  40, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 401 performs various processes according to a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 402 or a program loaded from a
CPUïŒïŒïŒãROMïŒïŒïŒãããã³RAMïŒïŒïŒã¯ããã¹ïŒïŒïŒãä»ããŠçžäºã«æ¥ç¶ãããŠããããã®ãã¹ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãŸããå
¥åºåã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ãããŠããã
  The
å
¥åºåã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãããŒããŒããããŠã¹ãªã©ãããªãå
¥åéšïŒïŒïŒãLCD(Liquid Crystal Display)ãªã©ãããªããã£ã¹ãã¬ã€ã䞊ã³ã«ã¹ããŒã«ãªã©ãããªãåºåéšïŒïŒïŒãããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ãªã©ããæ§æãããèšæ¶éšïŒïŒïŒããããã¯ãŒã¯ãä»ããŠã®éä¿¡åŠçãè¡ãéä¿¡éšïŒïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ãããŠããã
  The input /
å
¥åºåã€ã³ã¿ãã§ãŒã¹ïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãŸããå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠãã©ã€ãïŒïŒïŒãæ¥ç¶ãããããã©ã€ãïŒïŒïŒã«ã¯ãç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ãå
ãã£ã¹ã¯ãå
ç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ãæãã¯åå°äœã¡ã¢ãªãªã©ãããªããªã ãŒããã«ã¡ãã£ã¢ïŒïŒïŒãé©å®è£
çãããããããèªã¿åºãããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ããã°ã©ã ãå¿
èŠã«å¿ããŠèšæ¶éšïŒïŒïŒã«ã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ãããã
  A
äžé£ã®åŠçããœãããŠã§ã¢ã«ããå®è¡ãããå Žåã«ã¯ããã®ãœãããŠã§ã¢ãæ§æããããã°ã©ã ããå°çšã®ããŒããŠã§ã¢ã«çµã¿èŸŒãŸããŠããã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ããŸãã¯ãåçš®ã®ããã°ã©ã ãã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ããããšã§ãåçš®ã®æ©èœãå®è¡ããããšãå¯èœãªãäŸãã°ãæ±çšã®ããŒãœãã«ã³ã³ãã¥ãŒã¿ãªã©ã«ããããã¯ãŒã¯ãèšé²åªäœããã€ã³ã¹ããŒã«ãããã   When a series of processing is executed by software, a program constituting the software may execute various functions by installing a computer incorporated in dedicated hardware or various programs. For example, it is installed from a network or a recording medium into a general-purpose personal computer or the like.
ãã®èšé²åªäœã¯ãå³ïŒïŒã«ç€ºãããããã«ãè£
眮æ¬äœãšã¯å¥ã«ããŠãŒã¶ã«ããã°ã©ã ãæäŸããããã«é
åžããããããã°ã©ã ãèšé²ãããŠããç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒãã¬ãã·ãã«ãã£ã¹ã¯ãå«ãïŒãå
ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒCD-ROM(Compact Disk-Read Only Memory)ïŒDVD(Digital Versatile Disk)ãå«ãïŒãå
ç£æ°ãã£ã¹ã¯ïŒMDïŒç»é²åæšïŒ(Mini-Disk)ãå«ãïŒããããã¯åå°äœã¡ã¢ãªãªã©ãããªããªã ãŒããã«ã¡ãã£ã¢ïŒïŒïŒã«ããæ§æãããã ãã§ãªããè£
眮æ¬äœã«äºãçµã¿èŸŒãŸããç¶æ
ã§ãŠãŒã¶ã«æäŸããããããã°ã©ã ãèšé²ãããŠããROMïŒïŒïŒããèšæ¶éšïŒïŒïŒã«å«ãŸããããŒããã£ã¹ã¯ãªã©ã§æ§æãããã
  As shown in FIG. 40, the recording medium is distributed to provide a program to the user separately from the apparatus main body, and includes a magnetic disk (including a flexible disk) on which the program is recorded, an optical disk (CD- ROM (Compact Disk-Read Only Memory), DVD (including Digital Versatile Disk)), magneto-optical disk (including MD (registered trademark) (Mini-Disk)), or
ãªããæ¬æ现æžã«ãããŠãåã¹ãããã¯ãèšèŒãããé åºã«åŸã£ãŠæç³»åçã«è¡ãããåŠçã¯ãã¡ãããå¿ ãããæç³»åçã«åŠçãããªããšãã䞊åçãããã¯åå¥ã«å®è¡ãããåŠçããå«ããã®ã§ããã   In the present specification, each step includes not only processing performed in time series according to the described order but also processing executed in parallel or individually, although not necessarily performed in time series.
ïŒ èšé²åªäœïŒ ïŒâïŒ ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒïŒïŒ ïŒâïŒ ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒïŒïŒ ïŒïŒâïŒ ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒïŒïŒ ïŒïŒâïŒ ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçæ¹åŒïŒïŒïŒ ïŒïŒ èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ èšé²æ¹åŒïŒãšã³ã³ãŒãåŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ ç¹åŸŽããŒã¿ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ èšé²æ¹åŒïŒèšé²ä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ ãã¬ã€ãªã¹ãããŒã¿ïŒãã£ãã¿ãŒããŒã¿ïŒä¿¡å·åŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒ ã¡ã¢ãªç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒïŒ èšé²åŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒïŒ åçåŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒïŒ ç¹åŸŽæœåºåŠçç³»ïŒ ïŒïŒïŒ èšé²åªäœå¶åŸ¡ç³»
  DESCRIPTION OF
Claims (9)
èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããå±æ§æ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ããå€å®æ段ãšã
åèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãåèšå€å®æ段ã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ãš
ãåããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããèšé²è£ 眮ã In a recording apparatus provided with a tray on which a plurality of recording media can be installed,
Determining means for determining a transmission rate of a stream to be recorded based on attribute information;
Recording control means for recording the stream to be recorded on a recording medium corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate determined by the determination means among one or more recording media installed in the tray. A recording apparatus.
åèšèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ãåèšå€ææ段ã«ããäŒéã¬ãŒããå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ãããã®äŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããåèšèšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããã
ããšãç¹åŸŽãšããè«æ±é ïŒã«èšèŒã®èšé²è£ 眮ã Transmission capable of recording the stream to be recorded on the recording medium installed in the tray when the recording medium corresponding to the stream having the transmission rate determined by the determination unit is not installed in the tray. Conversion means for converting into a rate stream;
The recording apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the recording control unit records the stream to be recorded, the transmission rate of which has been converted by the converting unit, on the recording medium corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate. .
åèšèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ãåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãåèšå€å®æ段ã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãæããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ããã
ããšãç¹åŸŽãšããè«æ±é ïŒã«èšèŒã®èšé²è£ 眮ã The recording medium is an optical disc composed of a plurality of recording layers capable of recording a plurality of streams on different recording layers for each recording method,
The recording control unit is configured to record the stream to be recorded on a recording medium having a recording layer corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate determined by the determination unit among one or more recording media installed in the tray. The recording apparatus according to claim 1, wherein recording is performed.
èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããå±æ§æ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ããå€å®ã¹ããããšã
åèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãåèšå€å®ã¹ãããã®åŠçã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡ã¹ããããš
ãå«ãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããèšé²æ¹æ³ã In a recording method of a recording apparatus provided with a tray on which a plurality of recording media can be installed,
A determination step of determining a transmission rate of a stream to be recorded based on attribute information;
A recording control step of recording the stream to be recorded on a recording medium corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate determined by the processing of the determination step among one or more recording media installed in the tray. And a recording method.
èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã®äŒéã¬ãŒããå±æ§æ å ±ã«åºã¥ããŠå€å®ããå€å®ã¹ããããšã
åèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠããïŒãŸãã¯ïŒä»¥äžã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ãåèšå€å®ã¹ãããã®åŠçã«ããå€å®ãããäŒéã¬ãŒãã®ã¹ããªãŒã ã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²åªäœã«èšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ãèšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡ã¹ããããš
ãå«ãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããããã°ã©ã ã In a program for causing a computer to execute recording processing of a recording apparatus provided with a tray on which a plurality of recording media can be installed,
A determination step of determining a transmission rate of a stream to be recorded based on attribute information;
A recording control step of recording the stream to be recorded on a recording medium corresponding to the stream of the transmission rate determined by the processing of the determination step among one or more recording media installed in the tray. A program characterized by that.
åèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ãåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåãåèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå€ææ段ãšã
åèšå€ææ段ã«ããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ããåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ãš
ãåããããšãç¹åŸŽãšããèšé²è£ 眮ã In a recording apparatus provided with a tray on which a first recording medium is provided and a plurality of second recording media can be installed,
When recording a stream recorded on the first recording medium on a second recording medium installed on the tray, a recording method of the stream to be recorded recorded on the first recording medium is set. Conversion means for converting;
Recording control means for recording the stream to be recorded, whose recording method has been converted by the converting means, on a second recording medium corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed in the tray; A recording apparatus comprising:
åèšèšé²å¶åŸ¡æ段ã¯ãèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ããåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ããèšé²å±€ãæãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ããã
ããšãç¹åŸŽãšããè«æ±é ïŒã«èšèŒã®èšé²è£ 眮ã The recording medium is an optical disc composed of a plurality of recording layers capable of recording a plurality of streams on different recording layers for each recording method,
The recording control means records the stream to be recorded on a second recording medium having a recording layer corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed in the tray. The recording apparatus according to claim 6.
åèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ãåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåãåèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå€æã¹ããããšã
åèšå€æã¹ãããã®åŠçã«ããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ããåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡ã¹ããããš
ãå«ãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããèšé²æ¹æ³ã In a recording method of a recording apparatus provided with a tray on which a first recording medium is provided and a plurality of second recording media can be installed,
When recording a stream recorded on the first recording medium on a second recording medium installed on the tray, a recording method of the stream to be recorded recorded on the first recording medium is set. A conversion step to convert;
Recording control for recording the recording target stream whose recording method has been converted by the process of the converting step on a second recording medium corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed in the tray A recording method comprising: steps.
åèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããã¹ããªãŒã ãåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããå Žåãåèšç¬¬ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããŠããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ã®èšé²æ¹åŒãå€æããå€æã¹ããããšã
åèšå€æã¹ãããã®åŠçã«ããèšé²æ¹åŒãå€æãããèšé²å¯Ÿè±¡ã®åèšã¹ããªãŒã ããåèšãã¬ã€ã«èšçœ®ãããŠãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã®ãã¡ããã®èšé²æ¹åŒã«å¯Ÿå¿ãã第ïŒã®èšé²åªäœã«èšé²ãããèšé²å¶åŸ¡ã¹ããããš
ãå«ãããšãç¹åŸŽãšããããã°ã©ã ã In a program for causing a computer to execute recording processing of a recording apparatus provided with a first recording medium and provided with a tray on which a plurality of second recording media can be installed.
When recording a stream recorded on the first recording medium on a second recording medium installed on the tray, a recording method of the stream to be recorded recorded on the first recording medium is set. A conversion step to convert;
Recording control for recording the recording target stream whose recording method has been converted by the process of the converting step on a second recording medium corresponding to the recording method among the second recording media installed in the tray A program characterized by including steps.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2005156625A JP2006333279A (en) | 2005-05-30 | 2005-05-30 | Recording apparatus, method, and program |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2005156625A JP2006333279A (en) | 2005-05-30 | 2005-05-30 | Recording apparatus, method, and program |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
JP2006333279A true JP2006333279A (en) | 2006-12-07 |
Family
ID=37554452
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2005156625A Withdrawn JP2006333279A (en) | 2005-05-30 | 2005-05-30 | Recording apparatus, method, and program |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2006333279A (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2275956A1 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2011-01-19 | Sony Corporation | Search for and retrieval of a high quality version of video content recorded at lower quality |
-
2005
- 2005-05-30 JP JP2005156625A patent/JP2006333279A/en not_active Withdrawn
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2275956A1 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2011-01-19 | Sony Corporation | Search for and retrieval of a high quality version of video content recorded at lower quality |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2006331591A (en) | Information processor and method, and program | |
JP4866359B2 (en) | Recording / reproducing apparatus, recording / reproducing method, recording / reproducing program, and computer-readable recording medium | |
WO2005074275A1 (en) | Content reproduction device | |
JP2004215281A5 (en) | ||
JP2007060060A (en) | Reproduction system, reproducing apparatus, reproducing method, information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program | |
JP2007336283A (en) | Information processor, processing method and program | |
US7801420B2 (en) | Video image recording and reproducing apparatus and video image recording and reproducing method | |
JP3921593B2 (en) | Information processing apparatus and method, program storage medium, program, and information recording medium | |
JP2012054672A (en) | Recording and reproducing apparatus | |
JP4683277B2 (en) | Playback apparatus and method, and program | |
US20100142929A1 (en) | Recording device and reproduction device | |
JP4239074B2 (en) | Information signal reproducing apparatus and information signal reproducing method | |
JP2006333279A (en) | Recording apparatus, method, and program | |
JPWO2007039995A1 (en) | Digest creation device and program thereof | |
JP2007149235A (en) | Content editing apparatus, program, and recording medium | |
JP2007288300A (en) | Video audio reproducing apparatus | |
JP4996281B2 (en) | Broadcast recording apparatus and broadcast recording method | |
JP2006270233A (en) | Method for processing signal, and device for recording/reproducing signal | |
JP4854339B2 (en) | Video playback device | |
JP4230402B2 (en) | Thumbnail image extraction method, apparatus, and program | |
JP3900363B2 (en) | AVHDD and hard disk recorder | |
JP2006236541A (en) | Information recording and reproducing apparatus | |
JP4998090B2 (en) | Video content playback apparatus and video content playback method | |
JP2006352631A (en) | Device, method, and program for processing information | |
JP4229092B2 (en) | Recording apparatus and method, reproducing apparatus and method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
A300 | Withdrawal of application because of no request for examination |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A300 Effective date: 20080805 |